first commit
This commit is contained in:
Executable
+536
@@ -0,0 +1,536 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This is the common part of the HAL initialization
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
|
||||
used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The HAL contains two APIs' categories:
|
||||
(+) Common HAL APIs
|
||||
(+) Services HAL APIs
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL HAL
|
||||
* @brief HAL module driver.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief STM32F7xx HAL Driver version number V1.2.0
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */
|
||||
#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 (0x02) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
|
||||
#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 (0x00) /*!< [15:8] sub2 version */
|
||||
#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_RC (0x00) /*!< [7:0] release candidate */
|
||||
#define __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION ((__STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\
|
||||
|(__STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\
|
||||
|(__STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\
|
||||
|(__STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00000FFF)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup HAL_Private_Variables
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__IO uint32_t uwTick;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Initializes the Flash interface the NVIC allocation and initial clock
|
||||
configuration. It initializes the systick also when timeout is needed
|
||||
and the backup domain when enabled.
|
||||
(+) de-Initializes common part of the HAL
|
||||
(+) Configure The time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
|
||||
Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
(++) Systick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
|
||||
can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
|
||||
timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
|
||||
duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
|
||||
handled in milliseconds basis.
|
||||
(++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
|
||||
at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
|
||||
when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
|
||||
(++) Source of time base is configured to generate interrupts at regular
|
||||
time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
|
||||
peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
|
||||
(numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
|
||||
ISR process will be blocked.
|
||||
(++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
|
||||
to make override possible in case of other implementations in user file.
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is used to initialize the HAL Library; it must be the first
|
||||
* instruction to be executed in the main program (before to call any other
|
||||
* HAL function), it performs the following:
|
||||
* Configure the Flash prefetch, and instruction cache through ART accelerator.
|
||||
* Configures the SysTick to generate an interrupt each 1 millisecond,
|
||||
* which is clocked by the HSI (at this stage, the clock is not yet
|
||||
* configured and thus the system is running from the internal HSI at 16 MHz).
|
||||
* Set NVIC Group Priority to 4.
|
||||
* Calls the HAL_MspInit() callback function defined in user file
|
||||
* "stm32f7xx_hal_msp.c" to do the global low level hardware initialization
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note SysTick is used as time base for the HAL_Delay() function, the application
|
||||
* need to ensure that the SysTick time base is always set to 1 millisecond
|
||||
* to have correct HAL operation.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure Flash prefetch and Instruction cache through ART accelerator */
|
||||
#if (ART_ACCLERATOR_ENABLE != 0)
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_ART_ENABLE();
|
||||
#endif /* ART_ACCLERATOR_ENABLE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is HSI) */
|
||||
HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Init the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_MspInit();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function de-Initializes common part of the HAL and stops the systick.
|
||||
* This function is optional.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset of all peripherals */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_AHB1_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_AHB2_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_AHB2_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_AHB3_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_AHB3_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
|
||||
/* De-Init the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_MspDeInit();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the MSP.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the MSP.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function configures the source of the time base.
|
||||
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
|
||||
* Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
|
||||
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
|
||||
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
|
||||
* Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
|
||||
* The the SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
|
||||
* than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
|
||||
* The function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementation in user file.
|
||||
* @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
|
||||
HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock/1000);
|
||||
|
||||
/*Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority ,0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
|
||||
* @brief HAL Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### HAL Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
|
||||
(+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
|
||||
(+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
|
||||
(+) Resume the time base source interrupt
|
||||
(+) Get the HAL API driver version
|
||||
(+) Get the device identifier
|
||||
(+) Get the device revision identifier
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
|
||||
* used as application time base.
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
|
||||
* in Systick ISR.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uwTick++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Provides a tick value in millisecond.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @retval tick value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return uwTick;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
|
||||
* on variable incremented.
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
|
||||
* It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
|
||||
* is incremented.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @param Delay: specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_Delay(__IO uint32_t Delay)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < Delay)
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
|
||||
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
|
||||
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
|
||||
* is suspended.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
|
||||
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
|
||||
* @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
|
||||
* used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
|
||||
* is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
|
||||
* is resumed.
|
||||
* @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
|
||||
* implementations in user file.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
|
||||
SysTick->CTRL |= SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the HAL revision
|
||||
* @retval version : 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return __STM32F7xx_HAL_VERSION;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the device revision identifier.
|
||||
* @retval Device revision identifier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the device identifier.
|
||||
* @retval Device identifier
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables the I/O Compensation Cell.
|
||||
* @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply
|
||||
* voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_EnableCompensationCell(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SYSCFG->CMPCR |= SYSCFG_CMPCR_CMP_PD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Power-down the I/O Compensation Cell.
|
||||
* @note The I/O compensation cell can be used only when the device supply
|
||||
* voltage ranges from 2.4 to 3.6 V.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DisableCompensationCell(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SYSCFG->CMPCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SYSCFG_CMPCR_CMP_PD);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables the FMC Memory Mapping Swapping.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note SDRAM is accessible at 0x60000000
|
||||
* and NOR/RAM is accessible at 0xC0000000
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_EnableFMCMemorySwapping(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SYSCFG->MEMRMP |= SYSCFG_MEMRMP_SWP_FMC_0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables the FMC Memory Mapping Swapping
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note SDRAM is accessible at 0xC0000000 (default mapping)
|
||||
* and NOR/RAM is accessible at 0x60000000 (default mapping)
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DisableFMCMemorySwapping(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
SYSCFG->MEMRMP &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SYSCFG_MEMRMP_SWP_FMC);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (STM32F765xx) || defined (STM32F767xx) || defined (STM32F769xx) || defined (STM32F777xx) || defined (STM32F779xx)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F77xx/STM32F76xx devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08000000 (AXI) (aliased at 0x00200000 (TCM))
|
||||
* and Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08100000 (AXI) (aliased at 0x00300000 (TCM))
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_EnableMemorySwappingBank(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->MEMRMP, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_SWP_FB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the Internal FLASH Bank Swapping.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function can be used only for STM32F77xx/STM32F76xx devices.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note The default state : Flash Bank1 mapped at 0x08000000 (AXI) (aliased at 0x00200000 (TCM))
|
||||
* and Flash Bank2 mapped at 0x08100000 (AXI)( aliased at 0x00300000 (TCM))
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DisableMemorySwappingBank(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->MEMRMP, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_SWP_FB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* STM32F767xx || STM32F769xx || STM32F777xx || STM32F779xx */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+1686
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40/Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_adc_ex.c
Executable
+1069
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+1412
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+670
@@ -0,0 +1,670 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_cec.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief CEC HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the High Definition Multimedia Interface
|
||||
* Consumer Electronics Control Peripheral (CEC).
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization function
|
||||
* + IO operation function
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control function
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The CEC HAL driver can be used as follow:
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Declare a CEC_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
|
||||
(#) Initialize the CEC low level resources by implementing the HAL_CEC_MspInit ()API:
|
||||
(##) Enable the CEC interface clock.
|
||||
(##) CEC pins configuration:
|
||||
(+++) Enable the clock for the CEC GPIOs.
|
||||
(+++) Configure these CEC pins as alternate function pull-up.
|
||||
(##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process (HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
|
||||
and HAL_CEC_Receive_IT() APIs):
|
||||
(+++) Configure the CEC interrupt priority.
|
||||
(+++) Enable the NVIC CEC IRQ handle.
|
||||
(+++) The specific CEC interrupts (Transmission complete interrupt,
|
||||
RXNE interrupt and Error Interrupts) will be managed using the macros
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT() and __HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT() inside the transmit
|
||||
and receive process.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Program the Signal Free Time (SFT) and SFT option, Tolerance, reception stop in
|
||||
in case of Bit Rising Error, Error-Bit generation conditions, device logical
|
||||
address and Listen mode in the hcec Init structure.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Initialize the CEC registers by calling the HAL_CEC_Init() API.
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(@) This API (HAL_CEC_Init()) configures also the low level Hardware (GPIO, CLOCK, CORTEX...etc)
|
||||
by calling the customed HAL_CEC_MspInit() API.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC CEC
|
||||
* @brief HAL CEC module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#if defined (CEC)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Constants CEC Private Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_Private_Functions CEC Private Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions CEC Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the CEC
|
||||
(+) The following parameters need to be configured:
|
||||
(++) SignalFreeTime
|
||||
(++) Tolerance
|
||||
(++) BRERxStop (RX stopped or not upon Bit Rising Error)
|
||||
(++) BREErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Bit Rising Error)
|
||||
(++) LBPEErrorBitGen (Error-Bit generation in case of Long Bit Period Error)
|
||||
(++) BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen (Error-bit generation in case of broadcast message error)
|
||||
(++) SignalFreeTimeOption (SFT Timer start definition)
|
||||
(++) OwnAddress (CEC device address)
|
||||
(++) ListenMode
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the CEC mode according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the CEC_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
|
||||
* @param hcec: CEC handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Init(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the CEC handle allocation */
|
||||
if((hcec == NULL) ||(hcec->Init.RxBuffer == NULL))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_SIGNALFREETIME(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_TOLERANCE(hcec->Init.Tolerance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_BRERXSTOP(hcec->Init.BRERxStop));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_BREERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_LBPEERRORBITGEN(hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_BROADCASTERROR_NO_ERRORBIT_GENERATION(hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_SFTOP(hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_LISTENING_MODE(hcec->Init.ListenMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(hcec->Init.OwnAddress));
|
||||
|
||||
if(hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
|
||||
hcec->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
|
||||
/* Init the low level hardware : GPIO, CLOCK */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_MspInit(hcec);
|
||||
}
|
||||
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write to CEC Control Register */
|
||||
hcec->Instance->CFGR = hcec->Init.SignalFreeTime | hcec->Init.Tolerance | hcec->Init.BRERxStop|\
|
||||
hcec->Init.BREErrorBitGen | hcec->Init.LBPEErrorBitGen | hcec->Init.BroadcastMsgNoErrorBitGen |\
|
||||
hcec->Init.SignalFreeTimeOption |((uint32_t)(hcec->Init.OwnAddress)<<16U) |\
|
||||
hcec->Init.ListenMode;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the following CEC Transmission/Reception interrupts as
|
||||
* well as the following CEC Transmission/Reception Errors interrupts
|
||||
* Rx Byte Received IT
|
||||
* End of Reception IT
|
||||
* Rx overrun
|
||||
* Rx bit rising error
|
||||
* Rx short bit period error
|
||||
* Rx long bit period error
|
||||
* Rx missing acknowledge
|
||||
* Tx Byte Request IT
|
||||
* End of Transmission IT
|
||||
* Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
|
||||
* Tx-Error IT
|
||||
* Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
|
||||
* Tx arbitration lost */
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR|CEC_IT_RXEND|CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR|CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND|CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the CEC Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
|
||||
|
||||
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the CEC peripheral
|
||||
* @param hcec: CEC handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_DeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the CEC handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hcec == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcec->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(hcec);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear Flags */
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_TXEND|CEC_FLAG_TXBR|CEC_FLAG_RXBR|CEC_FLAG_RXEND|CEC_ISR_ALL_ERROR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the following CEC Transmission/Reception interrupts as
|
||||
* well as the following CEC Transmission/Reception Errors interrupts
|
||||
* Rx Byte Received IT
|
||||
* End of Reception IT
|
||||
* Rx overrun
|
||||
* Rx bit rising error
|
||||
* Rx short bit period error
|
||||
* Rx long bit period error
|
||||
* Rx missing acknowledge
|
||||
* Tx Byte Request IT
|
||||
* End of Transmission IT
|
||||
* Tx Missing Acknowledge IT
|
||||
* Tx-Error IT
|
||||
* Tx-Buffer Underrun IT
|
||||
* Tx arbitration lost */
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE_IT(hcec, CEC_IT_RXBR|CEC_IT_RXEND|CEC_IER_RX_ALL_ERR|CEC_IT_TXBR|CEC_IT_TXEND|CEC_IER_TX_ALL_ERR);
|
||||
|
||||
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the Own Address of the CEC device
|
||||
* @param hcec: CEC handle
|
||||
* @param CEC_OwnAddress: The CEC own address.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_SetDeviceAddress(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint16_t CEC_OwnAddress)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_OWN_ADDRESS(CEC_OwnAddress));
|
||||
|
||||
if ((hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY) && (hcec->RxState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hcec);
|
||||
|
||||
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_DISABLE(hcec);
|
||||
|
||||
if(CEC_OwnAddress != CEC_OWN_ADDRESS_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcec->Instance->CFGR |= ((uint32_t)CEC_OwnAddress<<16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcec->Instance->CFGR &= ~(CEC_CFGR_OAR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_ENABLE(hcec);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief CEC MSP Init
|
||||
* @param hcec: CEC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_CEC_MspInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hcec);
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_CEC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief CEC MSP DeInit
|
||||
* @param hcec: CEC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_CEC_MspDeInit(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hcec);
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_CEC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
|
||||
* @brief CEC Transmit/Receive functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the CEC data transfers.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) The CEC handle must contain the initiator (TX side) and the destination (RX side)
|
||||
logical addresses (4-bit long addresses, 0xF for broadcast messages destination)
|
||||
|
||||
(#) The communication is performed using Interrupts.
|
||||
These API's return the HAL status.
|
||||
The end of the data processing will be indicated through the
|
||||
dedicated CEC IRQ when using Interrupt mode.
|
||||
The HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(), HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback() user callbacks
|
||||
will be executed respectively at the end of the transmit or Receive process
|
||||
The HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback() user callback will be executed when a communication
|
||||
error is detected
|
||||
|
||||
(#) API's with Interrupt are :
|
||||
(+) HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT()
|
||||
(+) HAL_CEC_IRQHandler()
|
||||
|
||||
(#) A set of User Callbacks are provided:
|
||||
(+) HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback()
|
||||
(+) HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
|
||||
(+) HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback()
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Send data in interrupt mode
|
||||
* @param hcec: CEC handle
|
||||
* @param InitiatorAddress: Initiator address
|
||||
* @param DestinationAddress: destination logical address
|
||||
* @param pData: pointer to input byte data buffer
|
||||
* @param Size: amount of data to be sent in bytes (without counting the header).
|
||||
* 0 means only the header is sent (ping operation).
|
||||
* Maximum TX size is 15 bytes (1 opcode and up to 14 operands).
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CEC_Transmit_IT(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t InitiatorAddress,uint8_t DestinationAddress, uint8_t *pData, uint32_t Size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* if the IP isn't already busy and if there is no previous transmission
|
||||
already pending due to arbitration lost */
|
||||
if (hcec->gState == HAL_CEC_STATE_READY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((pData == NULL ) && (Size > 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(DestinationAddress));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_ADDRESS(InitiatorAddress));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CEC_MSGSIZE(Size));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hcec);
|
||||
hcec->pTxBuffPtr = pData;
|
||||
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_TX;
|
||||
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* initialize the number of bytes to send,
|
||||
* 0 means only one header is sent (ping operation) */
|
||||
hcec->TxXferCount = Size;
|
||||
|
||||
/* in case of no payload (Size = 0), sender is only pinging the system;
|
||||
Set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit, must be set before writing data to TXDR */
|
||||
if (Size == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* send header block */
|
||||
hcec->Instance->TXDR = ((uint8_t)(InitiatorAddress << CEC_INITIATOR_LSB_POS) |(uint8_t) DestinationAddress);
|
||||
/* Set TX Start of Message (TXSOM) bit */
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_FIRST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get size of the received frame.
|
||||
* @param hcec: CEC handle
|
||||
* @retval Frame size
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetLastReceivedFrameSize(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hcec->RxXferSize;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Change Rx Buffer.
|
||||
* @param hcec: CEC handle
|
||||
* @param Rxbuffer: Rx Buffer
|
||||
* @note This function can be called only inside the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback()
|
||||
* @retval Frame size
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_CEC_ChangeRxBuffer(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint8_t* Rxbuffer)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcec->Init.RxBuffer = Rxbuffer;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles CEC interrupt requests.
|
||||
* @param hcec: CEC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_CEC_IRQHandler(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
/* save interrupts register for further error or interrupts handling purposes */
|
||||
uint32_t reg = 0;
|
||||
reg = hcec->Instance->ISR;
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* ----------------------------Arbitration Lost Management----------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* CEC TX arbitration error interrupt occurred --------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if((reg & CEC_FLAG_ARBLST) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_ARBLST;
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_ARBLST);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* ----------------------------Rx Management----------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* CEC RX byte received interrupt ---------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if((reg & CEC_FLAG_RXBR) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* reception is starting */
|
||||
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_BUSY_RX;
|
||||
hcec->RxXferSize++;
|
||||
/* read received byte */
|
||||
*hcec->Init.RxBuffer++ = hcec->Instance->RXDR;
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXBR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* CEC RX end received interrupt ---------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if((reg & CEC_FLAG_RXEND) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* clear IT */
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_RXEND);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Rx process is completed, restore hcec->RxState to Ready */
|
||||
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
hcec->Init.RxBuffer-=hcec->RxXferSize;
|
||||
HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(hcec, hcec->RxXferSize);
|
||||
hcec->RxXferSize = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* ----------------------------Tx Management----------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* CEC TX byte request interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if((reg & CEC_FLAG_TXBR) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (hcec->TxXferCount == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* if this is the last byte transmission, set TX End of Message (TXEOM) bit */
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_LAST_BYTE_TX_SET(hcec);
|
||||
hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcec->Instance->TXDR = *hcec->pTxBuffPtr++;
|
||||
hcec->TxXferCount--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* clear Tx-Byte request flag */
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec,CEC_FLAG_TXBR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* CEC TX end interrupt ------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if((reg & CEC_FLAG_TXEND) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, CEC_FLAG_TXEND);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Tx process is ended, restore hcec->gState to Ready */
|
||||
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
/* Call the Process Unlocked before calling the Tx call back API to give the possibility to
|
||||
start again the Transmission under the Tx call back API */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcec);
|
||||
hcec->ErrorCode = HAL_CEC_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(hcec);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* ----------------------------Rx/Tx Error Management----------------------------------*/
|
||||
if ((reg & (CEC_ISR_RXOVR|CEC_ISR_BRE|CEC_ISR_SBPE|CEC_ISR_LBPE|CEC_ISR_RXACKE|CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcec->ErrorCode = reg;
|
||||
__HAL_CEC_CLEAR_FLAG(hcec, HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXOVR|HAL_CEC_ERROR_BRE|CEC_FLAG_LBPE|CEC_FLAG_SBPE|HAL_CEC_ERROR_RXACKE|HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXUDR|HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXERR|HAL_CEC_ERROR_TXACKE);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
if((reg & (CEC_ISR_RXOVR|CEC_ISR_BRE|CEC_ISR_SBPE|CEC_ISR_LBPE|CEC_ISR_RXACKE)) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcec->Init.RxBuffer-=hcec->RxXferSize;
|
||||
hcec->RxXferSize = 0;
|
||||
hcec->RxState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (((reg & (CEC_ISR_TXUDR|CEC_ISR_TXERR|CEC_ISR_TXACKE)) != RESET) && ((reg & CEC_ISR_ARBLST) == RESET))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the CEC state ready to be able to start again the process */
|
||||
hcec->gState = HAL_CEC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error Call Back */
|
||||
HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(hcec);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Tx Transfer completed callback
|
||||
* @param hcec: CEC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hcec);
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_CEC_TxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Rx Transfer completed callback
|
||||
* @param hcec: CEC handle
|
||||
* @param RxFrameSize: Size of frame
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec, uint32_t RxFrameSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hcec);
|
||||
UNUSED(RxFrameSize);
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_CEC_RxCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief CEC error callbacks
|
||||
* @param hcec: CEC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hcec);
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_CEC_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CEC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control function
|
||||
* @brief CEC control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control function #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CEC.
|
||||
(+) HAL_CEC_GetState() API can be helpful to check in run-time the state of the CEC peripheral.
|
||||
(+) HAL_CEC_GetError() API can be helpful to check in run-time the error of the CEC peripheral.
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief return the CEC state
|
||||
* @param hcec: pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified CEC module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef HAL_CEC_GetState(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t temp1= 0x00U, temp2 = 0x00U;
|
||||
temp1 = hcec->gState;
|
||||
temp2 = hcec->RxState;
|
||||
|
||||
return (HAL_CEC_StateTypeDef)(temp1 | temp2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the CEC error code
|
||||
* @param hcec : pointer to a CEC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified CEC.
|
||||
* @retval CEC Error Code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_CEC_GetError(CEC_HandleTypeDef *hcec)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hcec->ErrorCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* CEC */
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_CEC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40/Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.c
Executable
+523
@@ -0,0 +1,523 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the CORTEX:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
*** How to configure Interrupts using CORTEX HAL driver ***
|
||||
===========================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
|
||||
The Cortex-M4 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping()
|
||||
function according to the following table.
|
||||
(#) Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority().
|
||||
(#) Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
|
||||
(#) please refer to programming manual for details in how to configure priority.
|
||||
|
||||
-@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
|
||||
The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
|
||||
|
||||
-@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
|
||||
(+@) Lowest preemption priority
|
||||
(+@) Lowest sub priority
|
||||
(+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
*** How to configure Systick using CORTEX HAL driver ***
|
||||
========================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Setup SysTick Timer for time base.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
|
||||
is a CMSIS function that:
|
||||
(++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
|
||||
(++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F).
|
||||
(++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
|
||||
(++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
|
||||
(++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
|
||||
(++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
|
||||
__HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
|
||||
HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
|
||||
inside the stm32f7xx_hal_cortex.h file.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
|
||||
call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
|
||||
|
||||
Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x Desired Time base (s)
|
||||
(++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
|
||||
(++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
|
||||
* @brief CORTEX HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides the CORTEX HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
|
||||
Systick functionalities
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sets the priority grouping field (preemption priority and subpriority)
|
||||
* using the required unlock sequence.
|
||||
* @param PriorityGroup: The priority grouping bits length.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 4 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 3 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 2 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 1 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 0 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @note When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ preemption is no more possible.
|
||||
* The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sets the priority of an interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @param PreemptPriority: The preemption priority for the IRQn channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
|
||||
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority
|
||||
* @param SubPriority: the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
|
||||
* A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
|
||||
|
||||
prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
|
||||
|
||||
NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
|
||||
* @note To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
|
||||
* function should be called before.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable interrupt */
|
||||
NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable interrupt */
|
||||
NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* System Reset */
|
||||
NVIC_SystemReset();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
|
||||
* Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
|
||||
* @param TicksNumb: Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
|
||||
* @retval status: - 0 Function succeeded.
|
||||
* - 1 Function failed.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Cortex control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
|
||||
(NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities.
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables the MPU
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */
|
||||
__DMB();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable fault exceptions */
|
||||
SCB->SHCSR &= ~SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/
|
||||
MPU->CTRL = 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables the MPU
|
||||
* @param MPU_Control: Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault,
|
||||
* NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged access to the default memory
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
|
||||
* @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
|
||||
* @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
|
||||
* @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the MPU */
|
||||
MPU->CTRL = MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable fault exceptions */
|
||||
SCB->SHCSR |= SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Ensure MPU setting take effects */
|
||||
__DSB();
|
||||
__ISB();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected.
|
||||
* @param MPU_Init: Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the initialization and configuration information.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the Region number */
|
||||
MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
|
||||
|
||||
if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
|
||||
|
||||
MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
|
||||
MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
|
||||
((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
MPU->RBAR = 0x00;
|
||||
MPU->RASR = 0x00;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
|
||||
* @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
|
||||
return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Gets the priority of an interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn: External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @param PriorityGroup: the priority grouping bits length.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 4 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 3 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 2 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 1 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for preemption priority
|
||||
* 0 bits for subpriority
|
||||
* @param pPreemptPriority: Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
|
||||
* @param pSubPriority: Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t *pPreemptPriority, uint32_t *pSubPriority)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
|
||||
/* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
|
||||
NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set interrupt pending */
|
||||
NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC
|
||||
* and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
|
||||
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
|
||||
return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number.
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear pending interrupt */
|
||||
NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit).
|
||||
* @param IRQn External interrupt number
|
||||
* This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
|
||||
* (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32f7xxxx.h))
|
||||
* @retval status: - 0 Interrupt status is not pending.
|
||||
* - 1 Interrupt status is pending.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return 1 if active else 0 */
|
||||
return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configures the SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @param CLKSource: specifies the SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
|
||||
if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief SYSTICK callback.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+525
@@ -0,0 +1,525 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_crc.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the Cyclic Redundancy Check (CRC) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral State functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### CRC How to use this driver #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Enable CRC AHB clock using __HAL_RCC_CRC_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Initialize CRC calculator
|
||||
(++) specify generating polynomial (IP default or non-default one)
|
||||
(++) specify initialization value (IP default or non-default one)
|
||||
(++) specify input data format
|
||||
(++) specify input or output data inversion mode if any
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Use HAL_CRC_Accumulate() function to compute the CRC value of the
|
||||
input data buffer starting with the previously computed CRC as
|
||||
initialization value
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Use HAL_CRC_Calculate() function to compute the CRC value of the
|
||||
input data buffer starting with the defined initialization value
|
||||
(default or non-default) to initiate CRC calculation
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRC CRC
|
||||
* @brief CRC HAL module driver.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
|
||||
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength);
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup CRC_Exported_Functions CRC Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Initialize the CRC according to the specified parameters
|
||||
in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
|
||||
(+) DeInitialize the CRC peripheral
|
||||
(+) Initialize the CRC MSP
|
||||
(+) DeInitialize CRC MSP
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the CRC according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the CRC_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_Init(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hcrc == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
|
||||
hcrc->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
|
||||
/* Init the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_CRC_MspInit(hcrc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* check whether or not non-default generating polynomial has been
|
||||
* picked up by user */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse));
|
||||
if(hcrc->Init.DefaultPolynomialUse == DEFAULT_POLYNOMIAL_ENABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* initialize IP with default generating polynomial */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, DEFAULT_CRC32_POLY);
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* initialize CRC IP with generating polynomial defined by user */
|
||||
if(HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(hcrc, hcrc->Init.GeneratingPolynomial, hcrc->Init.CRCLength) != HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* check whether or not non-default CRC initial value has been
|
||||
* picked up by user */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse));
|
||||
if(hcrc->Init.DefaultInitValueUse == DEFAULT_INIT_VALUE_ENABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, DEFAULT_CRC_INITVALUE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->INIT, hcrc->Init.InitValue);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* set input data inversion mode */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode));
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, hcrc->Init.InputDataInversionMode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* set output data inversion mode */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode));
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, hcrc->Init.OutputDataInversionMode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* makes sure the input data format (bytes, halfwords or words stream)
|
||||
* is properly specified by user */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT(hcrc->InputDataFormat));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitialize the CRC peripheral.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the CRC handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hcrc == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(hcrc->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
if(hcrc->State == HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset CRC calculation unit */
|
||||
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset IDR register content */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(hcrc->Instance->IDR, CRC_IDR_IDR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the CRC MSP.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_CRC_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitialize the CRC MSP.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_CRC_MspDeInit(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_CRC_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
|
||||
using combination of the previous CRC value and the new one.
|
||||
|
||||
or
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
|
||||
independently of the previous CRC value.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
|
||||
* starting with the previously computed CRC as initialization value.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
|
||||
* provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
|
||||
* @param BufferLength: input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
|
||||
* type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
|
||||
* number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
|
||||
* @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
|
||||
* Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
|
||||
* and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
|
||||
* handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
|
||||
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Accumulate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t index = 0; /* CRC input data buffer index */
|
||||
uint32_t temp = 0; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
|
||||
/* Enter Data to the CRC calculator */
|
||||
for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
|
||||
temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
|
||||
temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the CRC computed value */
|
||||
return temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Compute the 7, 8, 16 or 32-bit CRC value of an 8, 16 or 32-bit data buffer
|
||||
* starting with hcrc->Instance->INIT as initialization value.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer, exact input data format is
|
||||
* provided by hcrc->InputDataFormat.
|
||||
* @param BufferLength: input data buffer length (number of bytes if pBuffer
|
||||
* type is * uint8_t, number of half-words if pBuffer type is * uint16_t,
|
||||
* number of words if pBuffer type is * uint32_t).
|
||||
* @note By default, the API expects a uint32_t pointer as input buffer parameter.
|
||||
* Input buffer pointers with other types simply need to be cast in uint32_t
|
||||
* and the API will internally adjust its input data processing based on the
|
||||
* handle field hcrc->InputDataFormat.
|
||||
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_CRC_Calculate(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t index = 0; /* CRC input data buffer index */
|
||||
uint32_t temp = 0; /* CRC output (read from hcrc->Instance->DR register) */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset CRC Calculation Unit (hcrc->Instance->INIT is
|
||||
* written in hcrc->Instance->DR) */
|
||||
__HAL_CRC_DR_RESET(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (hcrc->InputDataFormat)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_WORDS:
|
||||
/* Enter 32-bit input data to the CRC calculator */
|
||||
for(index = 0; index < BufferLength; index++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcrc->Instance->DR = pBuffer[index];
|
||||
}
|
||||
temp = hcrc->Instance->DR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_BYTES:
|
||||
/* Specific 8-bit input data handling */
|
||||
temp = CRC_Handle_8(hcrc, (uint8_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
|
||||
case CRC_INPUTDATA_FORMAT_HALFWORDS:
|
||||
/* Specific 16-bit input data handling */
|
||||
temp = CRC_Handle_16(hcrc, (uint16_t*)pBuffer, BufferLength);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hcrc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the CRC computed value */
|
||||
return temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enter 8-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
|
||||
* Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer
|
||||
* @param BufferLength: input data buffer length
|
||||
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_8(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint8_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t i = 0; /* input data buffer index */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Processing time optimization: 4 bytes are entered in a row with a single word write,
|
||||
* last bytes must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure a correct type
|
||||
* handling by the IP */
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < (BufferLength/4); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcrc->Instance->DR = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i])<<24) | ((uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i+1])<<16) | ((uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i+2])<<8) | (uint32_t)(pBuffer[4*i+3]));
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* last bytes specific handling */
|
||||
if((BufferLength%4) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(BufferLength%4 == 1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(__IO uint8_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4*i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(BufferLength%4 == 2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(__IO uint16_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4*i])<<8) | (uint16_t)(pBuffer[4*i+1]));
|
||||
}
|
||||
if(BufferLength%4 == 3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(__IO uint16_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = (uint16_t)((uint16_t)((uint16_t)(pBuffer[4*i])<<8) | (uint16_t)(pBuffer[4*i+1]));
|
||||
*(__IO uint8_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[4*i+2];
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the CRC computed value */
|
||||
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enter 16-bit input data to the CRC calculator.
|
||||
* Specific data handling to optimize processing time.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @param pBuffer: pointer to the input data buffer
|
||||
* @param BufferLength: input data buffer length
|
||||
* @retval uint32_t CRC (returned value LSBs for CRC shorter than 32 bits)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint32_t CRC_Handle_16(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint16_t pBuffer[], uint32_t BufferLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t i = 0; /* input data buffer index */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Processing time optimization: 2 HalfWords are entered in a row with a single word write,
|
||||
* in case of odd length, last HalfWord must be carefully fed to the CRC calculator to ensure
|
||||
* a correct type handling by the IP */
|
||||
for(i = 0; i < (BufferLength/2); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hcrc->Instance->DR = (((uint32_t)(pBuffer[2*i])<<16) | (uint32_t)(pBuffer[2*i+1]));
|
||||
}
|
||||
if((BufferLength%2) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(__IO uint16_t*) (&hcrc->Instance->DR) = pBuffer[2*i];
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the CRC computed value */
|
||||
return hcrc->Instance->DR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_CRC_Group3 Peripheral State functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral State functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral State functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
|
||||
and the data flow.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the CRC state.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_CRC_StateTypeDef HAL_CRC_GetState(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hcrc->State;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40/Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_crc_ex.c
Executable
+242
@@ -0,0 +1,242 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_crc_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief Extended CRC HAL module driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the CRC peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### CRC specific features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(#) Polynomial configuration.
|
||||
(#) Input data reverse mode.
|
||||
(#) Output data reverse mode.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup CRCEx
|
||||
* @brief CRC Extended HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup CRCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
|
||||
* @brief Extended CRC features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### CRC Extended features functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides function allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Set CRC polynomial if different from default one.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the CRC polynomial if different from default one.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @param Pol: CRC generating polynomial (7, 8, 16 or 32-bit long)
|
||||
* This parameter is written in normal representation, e.g.
|
||||
* for a polynomial of degree 7, X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1 is written 0x65
|
||||
* for a polynomial of degree 16, X^16 + X^12 + X^5 + 1 is written 0x1021
|
||||
* @param PolyLength: CRC polynomial length
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B: 7-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 7)
|
||||
* @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B: 8-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 8)
|
||||
* @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B: 16-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 16)
|
||||
* @arg CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B: 32-bit long CRC (generating polynomial of degree 32)
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Polynomial_Set(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t Pol, uint32_t PolyLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t msb = 31; /* polynomial degree is 32 at most, so msb is initialized to max value */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_POL_LENGTH(PolyLength));
|
||||
|
||||
/* check polynomial definition vs polynomial size:
|
||||
* polynomial length must be aligned with polynomial
|
||||
* definition. HAL_ERROR is reported if Pol degree is
|
||||
* larger than that indicated by PolyLength.
|
||||
* Look for MSB position: msb will contain the degree of
|
||||
* the second to the largest polynomial member. E.g., for
|
||||
* X^7 + X^6 + X^5 + X^2 + 1, msb = 6. */
|
||||
while (((Pol & ((uint32_t)(0x1) << msb)) == 0) && (msb-- > 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
switch (PolyLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_7B:
|
||||
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_7B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_8B:
|
||||
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_8B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_16B:
|
||||
if (msb >= HAL_CRC_LENGTH_16B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case CRC_POLYLENGTH_32B:
|
||||
/* no polynomial definition vs. polynomial length issue possible */
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* set generating polynomial */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(hcrc->Instance->POL, Pol);
|
||||
|
||||
/* set generating polynomial size */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_POLYSIZE, PolyLength);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Reverse Input data mode.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @param InputReverseMode: Input Data inversion mode
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_NONE: no change in bit order (default value)
|
||||
* @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_BYTE: Byte-wise bit reversal
|
||||
* @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_HALFWORD: HalfWord-wise bit reversal
|
||||
* @arg CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_WORD: Word-wise bit reversal
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Input_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t InputReverseMode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_INPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(InputReverseMode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* set input data inversion mode */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_IN, InputReverseMode);
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the Reverse Output data mode.
|
||||
* @param hcrc: CRC handle
|
||||
* @param OutputReverseMode: Output Data inversion mode
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_DISABLE: no CRC inversion (default value)
|
||||
* @arg CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_ENABLE: bit-level inversion (e.g for a 8-bit CRC: 0xB5 becomes 0xAD)
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_CRCEx_Output_Data_Reverse(CRC_HandleTypeDef *hcrc, uint32_t OutputReverseMode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_OUTPUTDATA_INVERSION_MODE(OutputReverseMode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* set output data inversion mode */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hcrc->Instance->CR, CRC_CR_REV_OUT, OutputReverseMode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change CRC peripheral state */
|
||||
hcrc->State = HAL_CRC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+5182
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
+6039
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+967
@@ -0,0 +1,967 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_dac.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief DAC HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the Digital to Analog Converter (DAC) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + IO operation functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral State and Errors functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### DAC Peripheral features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
*** DAC Channels ***
|
||||
====================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The device integrates two 12-bit Digital Analog Converters that can
|
||||
be used independently or simultaneously (dual mode):
|
||||
(#) DAC channel1 with DAC_OUT1 (PA4) as output
|
||||
(#) DAC channel2 with DAC_OUT2 (PA5) as output
|
||||
|
||||
*** DAC Triggers ***
|
||||
====================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Digital to Analog conversion can be non-triggered using DAC_TRIGGER_NONE
|
||||
and DAC_OUT1/DAC_OUT2 is available once writing to DHRx register.
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Digital to Analog conversion can be triggered by:
|
||||
(#) External event: EXTI Line 9 (any GPIOx_Pin9) using DAC_TRIGGER_EXT_IT9.
|
||||
The used pin (GPIOx_Pin9) must be configured in input mode.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Timers TRGO: TIM2, TIM4, TIM5, TIM6, TIM7 and TIM8
|
||||
(DAC_TRIGGER_T2_TRGO, DAC_TRIGGER_T4_TRGO...)
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Software using DAC_TRIGGER_SOFTWARE
|
||||
|
||||
*** DAC Buffer mode feature ***
|
||||
===============================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Each DAC channel integrates an output buffer that can be used to
|
||||
reduce the output impedance, and to drive external loads directly
|
||||
without having to add an external operational amplifier.
|
||||
To enable, the output buffer use
|
||||
sConfig.DAC_OutputBuffer = DAC_OUTPUTBUFFER_ENABLE;
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(@) Refer to the device datasheet for more details about output
|
||||
impedance value with and without output buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
*** DAC wave generation feature ***
|
||||
===================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Both DAC channels can be used to generate
|
||||
(#) Noise wave using HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate()
|
||||
(#) Triangle wave using HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate()
|
||||
|
||||
*** DAC data format ***
|
||||
=======================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The DAC data format can be:
|
||||
(#) 8-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_8B_R
|
||||
(#) 12-bit left alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_L
|
||||
(#) 12-bit right alignment using DAC_ALIGN_12B_R
|
||||
|
||||
*** DAC data value to voltage correspondence ***
|
||||
================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The analog output voltage on each DAC channel pin is determined
|
||||
by the following equation:
|
||||
DAC_OUTx = VREF+ * DOR / 4095
|
||||
with DOR is the Data Output Register
|
||||
VEF+ is the input voltage reference (refer to the device datasheet)
|
||||
e.g. To set DAC_OUT1 to 0.7V, use
|
||||
Assuming that VREF+ = 3.3V, DAC_OUT1 = (3.3 * 868) / 4095 = 0.7V
|
||||
|
||||
*** DMA requests ***
|
||||
=====================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
A DMA1 request can be generated when an external trigger (but not
|
||||
a software trigger) occurs if DMA1 requests are enabled using
|
||||
HAL_DAC_Start_DMA()
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
DMA1 requests are mapped as following:
|
||||
(#) DAC channel1 : mapped on DMA1 Stream5 channel7 which must be
|
||||
already configured
|
||||
(#) DAC channel2 : mapped on DMA1 Stream6 channel7 which must be
|
||||
already configured
|
||||
|
||||
-@- For Dual mode and specific signal (Triangle and noise) generation please
|
||||
refer to Extension Features Driver description
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) DAC APB clock must be enabled to get write access to DAC
|
||||
registers using HAL_DAC_Init()
|
||||
(+) Configure DAC_OUTx (DAC_OUT1: PA4, DAC_OUT2: PA5) in analog mode.
|
||||
(+) Configure the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel() function.
|
||||
(+) Enable the DAC channel using HAL_DAC_Start() or HAL_DAC_Start_DMA functions
|
||||
|
||||
*** Polling mode IO operation ***
|
||||
=================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start()
|
||||
(+) To read the DAC last data output value, use the HAL_DAC_GetValue() function.
|
||||
(+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop()
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*** DMA mode IO operation ***
|
||||
==============================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Start the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(), at this stage the user specify the length
|
||||
of data to be transferred at each end of conversion
|
||||
(+) At The end of data transfer HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1()or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2()
|
||||
function is executed and user can add his own code by customization of function pointer
|
||||
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1 or HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2
|
||||
(+) In case of transfer Error, HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1() function is executed and user can
|
||||
add his own code by customization of function pointer HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1
|
||||
(+) Stop the DAC peripheral using HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA()
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
*** DAC HAL driver macros list ***
|
||||
=============================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Below the list of most used macros in DAC HAL driver.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DAC_ENABLE : Enable the DAC peripheral
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DAC_DISABLE : Disable the DAC peripheral
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DAC's pending flags
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG: Get the selected DAC's flag status
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(@) You can refer to the DAC HAL driver header file for more useful macros
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC DAC
|
||||
* @brief DAC driver modules
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DAC_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
|
||||
static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
|
||||
static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Initialize and configure the DAC.
|
||||
(+) De-initialize the DAC.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the DAC peripheral according to the specified parameters
|
||||
* in the DAC_InitStruct.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Init(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check DAC handle */
|
||||
if(hdac == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
if(hdac->State == HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
|
||||
hdac->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
|
||||
/* Init the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_DAC_MspInit(hdac);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the DAC state*/
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set DAC error code to none */
|
||||
hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the DAC state*/
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Deinitializes the DAC peripheral registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check DAC handle */
|
||||
if(hdac == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(hdac->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set DAC error code to none */
|
||||
hdac->ErrorCode = HAL_DAC_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the DAC MSP.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DAC_MspInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DAC_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the DAC MSP.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DAC_MspDeInit(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DAC_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
|
||||
* @brief IO operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Start conversion.
|
||||
(+) Stop conversion.
|
||||
(+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
|
||||
(+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
|
||||
(+) Get result of conversion.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmp1 = 0, tmp2 = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN1;
|
||||
tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL1;
|
||||
/* Check if software trigger enabled */
|
||||
if((tmp1 == DAC_CR_TEN1) && (tmp2 == DAC_CR_TSEL1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the selected DAC software conversion */
|
||||
hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp1 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TEN2;
|
||||
tmp2 = hdac->Instance->CR & DAC_CR_TSEL2;
|
||||
/* Check if software trigger enabled */
|
||||
if((tmp1 == DAC_CR_TEN2) && (tmp2 == DAC_CR_TSEL2))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the selected DAC software conversion*/
|
||||
hdac->Instance->SWTRIGR |= (uint32_t)DAC_SWTRIGR_SWTRIG2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables DAC and starts conversion of channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @param pData: The destination peripheral Buffer address.
|
||||
* @param Length: The length of data to be transferred from memory to DAC peripheral
|
||||
* @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Start_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t* pData, uint32_t Length, uint32_t Alignment)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel1 */
|
||||
hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel1 */
|
||||
hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the DMA error callback for channel1 */
|
||||
hdac->DMA_Handle1->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
|
||||
hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Case of use of channel 1 */
|
||||
switch(Alignment)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
|
||||
/* Get DHR12R1 address */
|
||||
tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
|
||||
/* Get DHR12L1 address */
|
||||
tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
|
||||
/* Get DHR8R1 address */
|
||||
tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R1;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the DMA transfer complete callback for channel2 */
|
||||
hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferCpltCallback = DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the DMA half transfer complete callback for channel2 */
|
||||
hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferHalfCpltCallback = DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the DMA error callback for channel2 */
|
||||
hdac->DMA_Handle2->XferErrorCallback = DAC_DMAErrorCh2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the selected DAC channel2 DMA request */
|
||||
hdac->Instance->CR |= DAC_CR_DMAEN2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Case of use of channel 2 */
|
||||
switch(Alignment)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case DAC_ALIGN_12B_R:
|
||||
/* Get DHR12R2 address */
|
||||
tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12R2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DAC_ALIGN_12B_L:
|
||||
/* Get DHR12L2 address */
|
||||
tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR12L2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case DAC_ALIGN_8B_R:
|
||||
/* Get DHR8R2 address */
|
||||
tmpreg = (uint32_t)&hdac->Instance->DHR8R2;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
|
||||
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle1, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the DAC DMA underrun interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE_IT(hdac, DAC_IT_DMAUDR2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdac->DMA_Handle2, (uint32_t)pData, tmpreg, Length);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DAC_ENABLE(hdac, Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables DAC and stop conversion of channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_Stop_DMA(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected DAC channel DMA request */
|
||||
hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_DMAEN1 << Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DAC_DISABLE(hdac, Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the DMA Channel */
|
||||
/* Channel1 is used */
|
||||
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* Channel2 is used for */
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_DMA_Abort(hdac->DMA_Handle2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if DMA Channel effectively disabled */
|
||||
if(status != HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Update DAC state machine to error */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
|
||||
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hdac->Instance->DOR1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hdac->Instance->DOR2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Handles DAC interrupt request
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DAC_IRQHandler(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check underrun channel 1 flag */
|
||||
if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Change DAC state to error state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set DAC error code to channel1 DMA underrun error */
|
||||
hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the underrun flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
|
||||
hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error callback */
|
||||
HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(hdac);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check underrun channel 2 flag */
|
||||
if(__HAL_DAC_GET_FLAG(hdac, DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Change DAC state to error state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set DAC error code to channel2 DMA underrun error */
|
||||
hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMAUNDERRUNCH2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the underrun flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DAC_CLEAR_FLAG(hdac,DAC_FLAG_DMAUDR2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected DAC channel1 DMA request */
|
||||
hdac->Instance->CR &= ~DAC_CR_DMAEN2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error callback */
|
||||
HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(hdac);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel1
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel1
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Error DAC callback for Channel1.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel1.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DAC_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh1 could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Configure channels.
|
||||
(+) Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configures the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param sConfig: DAC configuration structure.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_ConfigChannel(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, DAC_ChannelConfTypeDef* sConfig, uint32_t Channel)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg1 = 0, tmpreg2 = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the DAC parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_TRIGGER(sConfig->DAC_Trigger));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_STATE(sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the DAC CR value */
|
||||
tmpreg1 = hdac->Instance->CR;
|
||||
/* Clear BOFFx, TENx, TSELx, WAVEx and MAMPx bits */
|
||||
tmpreg1 &= ~(((uint32_t)(DAC_CR_MAMP1 | DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_TSEL1 | DAC_CR_TEN1 | DAC_CR_BOFF1)) << Channel);
|
||||
/* Configure for the selected DAC channel: buffer output, trigger */
|
||||
/* Set TSELx and TENx bits according to DAC_Trigger value */
|
||||
/* Set BOFFx bit according to DAC_OutputBuffer value */
|
||||
tmpreg2 = (sConfig->DAC_Trigger | sConfig->DAC_OutputBuffer);
|
||||
/* Calculate CR register value depending on DAC_Channel */
|
||||
tmpreg1 |= tmpreg2 << Channel;
|
||||
/* Write to DAC CR */
|
||||
hdac->Instance->CR = tmpreg1;
|
||||
/* Disable wave generation */
|
||||
hdac->Instance->CR &= ~(DAC_CR_WAVE1 << Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the specified data holding register value for DAC channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* @param Data: Data to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DAC_SetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data));
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
|
||||
if(Channel == DAC_CHANNEL_1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp += DAC_DHR12R1_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp += DAC_DHR12R2_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the DAC channel1 selected data holding register */
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *) tmp = Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DAC_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State and Errors functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral State and Errors functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides functions allowing to
|
||||
(+) Check the DAC state.
|
||||
(+) Check the DAC Errors.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief return the DAC state
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval HAL state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_DAC_StateTypeDef HAL_DAC_GetState(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return DAC state */
|
||||
return hdac->State;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the DAC error code
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval DAC Error Code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_DAC_GetError(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hdac->ErrorCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh1(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
|
||||
/* Conversion complete callback */
|
||||
HAL_DAC_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh1(hdac);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA error callback
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void DAC_DMAErrorCh1(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
|
||||
hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_DAC_ErrorCallbackCh1(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40/Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dac_ex.c
Executable
+388
@@ -0,0 +1,388 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_dac_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief Extended DAC HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of DAC extension peripheral:
|
||||
* + Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) When Dual mode is enabled (i.e DAC Channel1 and Channel2 are used simultaneously) :
|
||||
Use HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue() to get digital data to be converted and use
|
||||
HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue() to set digital value to converted simultaneously in Channel 1 and Channel 2.
|
||||
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate() to generate Triangle signal.
|
||||
(+) Use HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate() to generate Noise signal.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DACEx DACEx
|
||||
* @brief DAC driver modules
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions DAC Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DACEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Extended features functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Start conversion.
|
||||
(+) Stop conversion.
|
||||
(+) Start conversion and enable DMA transfer.
|
||||
(+) Stop conversion and disable DMA transfer.
|
||||
(+) Get result of conversion.
|
||||
(+) Get result of dual mode conversion.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the last data output value of the selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval The selected DAC channel data output value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_DACEx_DualGetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR1;
|
||||
|
||||
tmp |= hdac->Instance->DOR2 << 16;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Returns the DAC channel data output register value */
|
||||
return tmp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @param Amplitude: Select max triangle amplitude.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1: Select max triangle amplitude of 1
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_3: Select max triangle amplitude of 3
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_7: Select max triangle amplitude of 7
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_15: Select max triangle amplitude of 15
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_31: Select max triangle amplitude of 31
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_63: Select max triangle amplitude of 63
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_127: Select max triangle amplitude of 127
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_255: Select max triangle amplitude of 255
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_511: Select max triangle amplitude of 511
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_1023: Select max triangle amplitude of 1023
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_2047: Select max triangle amplitude of 2047
|
||||
* @arg DAC_TRIANGLEAMPLITUDE_4095: Select max triangle amplitude of 4095
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_TriangleWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, (DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1) << Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_1 | Amplitude) << Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables or disables the selected DAC channel wave generation.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Channel: The selected DAC channel.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_1: DAC Channel1 selected
|
||||
* @arg DAC_CHANNEL_2: DAC Channel2 selected
|
||||
* @param Amplitude: Unmask DAC channel LFSR for noise wave generation.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BIT0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit0 for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS1_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[1:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS2_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[2:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS3_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[3:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS4_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[4:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS5_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[5:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS6_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[6:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS7_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[7:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS8_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[8:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS9_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[9:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS10_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[10:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @arg DAC_LFSRUNMASK_BITS11_0: Unmask DAC channel LFSR bit[11:0] for noise wave generation
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_NoiseWaveGenerate(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Channel, uint32_t Amplitude)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_CHANNEL(Channel));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_LFSR_UNMASK_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE(Amplitude));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the selected wave generation for the selected DAC channel */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hdac->Instance->CR, (DAC_CR_WAVE1 | DAC_CR_MAMP1) << Channel, (DAC_CR_WAVE1_0 | Amplitude) << Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DAC state */
|
||||
hdac->State = HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the specified data holding register value for dual DAC channel.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @param Alignment: Specifies the data alignment for dual channel DAC.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* DAC_ALIGN_8B_R: 8bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_L: 12bit left data alignment selected
|
||||
* DAC_ALIGN_12B_R: 12bit right data alignment selected
|
||||
* @param Data1: Data for DAC Channel2 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
|
||||
* @param Data2: Data for DAC Channel1 to be loaded in the selected data holding register.
|
||||
* @note In dual mode, a unique register access is required to write in both
|
||||
* DAC channels at the same time.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DACEx_DualSetValue(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac, uint32_t Alignment, uint32_t Data1, uint32_t Data2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t data = 0, tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALIGN(Alignment));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data1));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_DATA(Data2));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calculate and set dual DAC data holding register value */
|
||||
if (Alignment == DAC_ALIGN_8B_R)
|
||||
{
|
||||
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 8) | Data1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
data = ((uint32_t)Data2 << 16) | Data1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
tmp = (uint32_t)hdac->Instance;
|
||||
tmp += DAC_DHR12RD_ALIGNMENT(Alignment);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the dual DAC selected data holding register */
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *)tmp = data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Conversion complete callback in non blocking mode for Channel2
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DAC_ConvCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Conversion half DMA transfer callback in non blocking mode for Channel2
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Error DAC callback for Channel2.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA underrun DAC callback for channel2.
|
||||
* @param hdac: pointer to a DAC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DAC.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2(DAC_HandleTypeDef *hdac)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DACEx_DMAUnderrunCallbackCh2 could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void DAC_DMAConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_DACEx_ConvCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA half transfer complete callback.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void DAC_DMAHalfConvCpltCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
|
||||
/* Conversion complete callback */
|
||||
HAL_DACEx_ConvHalfCpltCallbackCh2(hdac);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA error callback
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void DAC_DMAErrorCh2(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DAC_HandleTypeDef* hdac = ( DAC_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set DAC error code to DMA error */
|
||||
hdac->ErrorCode |= HAL_DAC_ERROR_DMA;
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_DACEx_ErrorCallbackCh2(hdac);
|
||||
|
||||
hdac->State= HAL_DAC_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+906
@@ -0,0 +1,906 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief DCMI HAL module driver
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the Digital Camera Interface (DCMI) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + IO operation functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral State and Error functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The sequence below describes how to use this driver to capture image
|
||||
from a camera module connected to the DCMI Interface.
|
||||
This sequence does not take into account the configuration of the
|
||||
camera module, which should be made before to configure and enable
|
||||
the DCMI to capture images.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Program the required configuration through following parameters:
|
||||
horizontal and vertical polarity, pixel clock polarity, Capture Rate,
|
||||
Synchronization Mode, code of the frame delimiter and data width
|
||||
using HAL_DCMI_Init() function.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Configure the DMA2_Stream1 channel1 to transfer Data from DCMI DR
|
||||
register to the destination memory buffer.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Program the required configuration through following parameters:
|
||||
DCMI mode, destination memory Buffer address and the data length
|
||||
and enable capture using HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA() function.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Optionally, configure and Enable the CROP feature to select a rectangular
|
||||
window from the received image using HAL_DCMI_ConfigCrop()
|
||||
and HAL_DCMI_EnableCROP() functions
|
||||
|
||||
(#) The capture can be stopped using HAL_DCMI_Stop() function.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) To control DCMI state you can use the function HAL_DCMI_GetState().
|
||||
|
||||
*** DCMI HAL driver macros list ***
|
||||
=============================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Below the list of most used macros in DCMI HAL driver.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE: Enable the DCMI peripheral.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE: Disable the DCMI peripheral.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DCMI_GET_FLAG: Get the DCMI pending flags.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DCMI pending flags.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DCMI interrupts.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DCMI interrupts.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_DCMI_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DCMI interrupt has occurred or not.
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(@) You can refer to the DCMI HAL driver header file for more useful macros
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup DCMI DCMI
|
||||
* @brief DCMI HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
#if defined (DCMI)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#define HAL_TIMEOUT_DCMI_STOP ((uint32_t)1000) /* Set timeout to 1s */
|
||||
|
||||
#define DCMI_POSITION_CWSIZE_VLINE (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(DCMI_CWSIZE_VLINE) /*!< Required left shift to set crop window vertical line count */
|
||||
#define DCMI_POSITION_CWSTRT_VST (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(DCMI_CWSTRT_VST) /*!< Required left shift to set crop window vertical start line count */
|
||||
|
||||
#define DCMI_POSITION_ESCR_LSC (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(DCMI_ESCR_LSC) /*!< Required left shift to set line start delimiter */
|
||||
#define DCMI_POSITION_ESCR_LEC (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(DCMI_ESCR_LEC) /*!< Required left shift to set line end delimiter */
|
||||
#define DCMI_POSITION_ESCR_FEC (uint32_t)POSITION_VAL(DCMI_ESCR_FEC) /*!< Required left shift to set frame end delimiter */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
static void DCMI_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
|
||||
static void DCMI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions DCMI Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Initialize and configure the DCMI
|
||||
(+) De-initialize the DCMI
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the DCMI according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in the DCMI_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle.
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Init(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the DCMI peripheral state */
|
||||
if(hdcmi == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check function parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_ALL_INSTANCE(hdcmi->Instance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_PCKPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_VSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_HSPOLARITY(hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_SYNCHRO(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_RATE(hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_EXTENDED_DATA(hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_MODE_JPEG(hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode));
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_BYTE_SELECT_MODE(hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_BYTE_SELECT_START(hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectStart));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_LINE_SELECT_MODE(hdcmi->Init.LineSelectMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_LINE_SELECT_START(hdcmi->Init.LineSelectStart));
|
||||
|
||||
if(hdcmi->State == HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Init the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_DCMI_MspInit(hdcmi);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DCMI state */
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
/* Configures the HS, VS, DE and PC polarity */
|
||||
hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_PCKPOL | DCMI_CR_HSPOL | DCMI_CR_VSPOL | DCMI_CR_EDM_0 |\
|
||||
DCMI_CR_EDM_1 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_0 | DCMI_CR_FCRC_1 | DCMI_CR_JPEG |\
|
||||
DCMI_CR_ESS | DCMI_CR_BSM_0 | DCMI_CR_BSM_1 | DCMI_CR_OEBS |\
|
||||
DCMI_CR_LSM | DCMI_CR_OELS);
|
||||
|
||||
hdcmi->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode | hdcmi->Init.CaptureRate |\
|
||||
hdcmi->Init.VSPolarity | hdcmi->Init.HSPolarity |\
|
||||
hdcmi->Init.PCKPolarity | hdcmi->Init.ExtendedDataMode |\
|
||||
hdcmi->Init.JPEGMode | hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectMode |\
|
||||
hdcmi->Init.ByteSelectStart | hdcmi->Init.LineSelectMode |\
|
||||
hdcmi->Init.LineSelectStart);
|
||||
|
||||
if(hdcmi->Init.SynchroMode == DCMI_SYNCHRO_EMBEDDED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hdcmi->Instance->ESCR = (((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameStartCode) |\
|
||||
((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineStartCode << DCMI_POSITION_ESCR_LSC)|\
|
||||
((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.LineEndCode << DCMI_POSITION_ESCR_LEC) |\
|
||||
((uint32_t)hdcmi->Init.SyncroCode.FrameEndCode << DCMI_POSITION_ESCR_FEC));
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the Line, Vsync, Error and Overrun interrupts */
|
||||
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE | DCMI_IT_VSYNC | DCMI_IT_ERR | DCMI_IT_OVR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the DCMI state*/
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Deinitializes the DCMI peripheral registers to their default reset
|
||||
* values.
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DeInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
hdcmi->ErrorCode = HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the DCMI state*/
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the DCMI MSP.
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DCMI_MspInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DCMI_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the DCMI MSP.
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DCMI_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
|
||||
* @brief IO operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Configure destination address and data length and
|
||||
Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture
|
||||
(+) Stop the DCMI capture.
|
||||
(+) Handles DCMI interrupt request.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables DCMI DMA request and enables DCMI capture
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @param DCMI_Mode: DCMI capture mode snapshot or continuous grab.
|
||||
* @param pData: The destination memory Buffer address (LCD Frame buffer).
|
||||
* @param Length: The length of capture to be transferred.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Start_DMA(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi, uint32_t DCMI_Mode, uint32_t pData, uint32_t Length)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialize the second memory address */
|
||||
uint32_t SecondMemAddress = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check function parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_CAPTURE_MODE(DCMI_Mode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable DCMI by setting DCMIEN bit */
|
||||
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the DCMI Mode */
|
||||
hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_CM);
|
||||
hdcmi->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)(DCMI_Mode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the DMA memory0 conversion complete callback */
|
||||
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferCpltCallback = DCMI_DMAXferCplt;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the DMA error callback */
|
||||
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferErrorCallback = DCMI_DMAError;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the dma abort callback */
|
||||
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset transfer counters value */
|
||||
hdcmi->XferCount = 0;
|
||||
hdcmi->XferTransferNumber = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
if(Length <= 0xFFFF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hdcmi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, Length);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* DCMI_DOUBLE_BUFFER Mode */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the DMA memory1 conversion complete callback */
|
||||
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferM1CpltCallback = DCMI_DMAXferCplt;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize transfer parameters */
|
||||
hdcmi->XferCount = 1;
|
||||
hdcmi->XferSize = Length;
|
||||
hdcmi->pBuffPtr = pData;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the number of buffer */
|
||||
while(hdcmi->XferSize > 0xFFFF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hdcmi->XferSize = (hdcmi->XferSize/2);
|
||||
hdcmi->XferCount = hdcmi->XferCount*2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update DCMI counter and transfer number*/
|
||||
hdcmi->XferCount = (hdcmi->XferCount - 2);
|
||||
hdcmi->XferTransferNumber = hdcmi->XferCount;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update second memory address */
|
||||
SecondMemAddress = (uint32_t)(pData + (4*hdcmi->XferSize));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Start DMA multi buffer transfer */
|
||||
HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (uint32_t)&hdcmi->Instance->DR, (uint32_t)pData, SecondMemAddress, hdcmi->XferSize);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable Capture */
|
||||
hdcmi->Instance->CR |= DCMI_CR_CAPTURE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable DCMI DMA request and Disable DCMI capture
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Stop(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
register uint32_t count = HAL_TIMEOUT_DCMI_STOP * (SystemCoreClock /8/1000);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable Capture */
|
||||
hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_CAPTURE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the DCMI capture effectively disabled */
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (count-- == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
|
||||
status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while((hdcmi->Instance->CR & DCMI_CR_CAPTURE) != 0);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the DCMI */
|
||||
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the DMA */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_Abort(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DCMI state */
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Suspend DCMI capture
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Suspend(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
register uint32_t count = HAL_TIMEOUT_DCMI_STOP * (SystemCoreClock /8/1000);
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
if(hdcmi->State == HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Change DCMI state */
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_SUSPENDED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable Capture */
|
||||
hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(DCMI_CR_CAPTURE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the DCMI capture effectively disabled */
|
||||
do
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (count-- == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DCMI state */
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
status = HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
while((hdcmi->Instance->CR & DCMI_CR_CAPTURE) != 0);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Resume DCMI capture
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_Resume(DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
if(hdcmi->State == HAL_DCMI_STATE_SUSPENDED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Change DCMI state */
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable Capture */
|
||||
hdcmi->Instance->CR |= DCMI_CR_CAPTURE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Handles DCMI interrupt request.
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_DCMI_IRQHandler(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t isr_value = READ_REG(hdcmi->Instance->MISR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Synchronization error interrupt management *******************************/
|
||||
if((isr_value & DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI) == DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the Synchronization error flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_ERRRI);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_SYNC;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DCMI state */
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the synchronization error callback */
|
||||
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferAbortCallback = DCMI_DMAError;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Abort the DMA Transfer */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Overflow interrupt management ********************************************/
|
||||
if((isr_value & DCMI_FLAG_OVRRI) == DCMI_FLAG_OVRRI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the Overflow flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_OVRRI);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update error code */
|
||||
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_OVR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change DCMI state */
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the overflow callback */
|
||||
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->XferAbortCallback = DCMI_DMAError;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Abort the DMA Transfer */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(hdcmi->DMA_Handle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Line Interrupt management ************************************************/
|
||||
if((isr_value & DCMI_FLAG_LINERI) == DCMI_FLAG_LINERI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the Line interrupt flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_LINERI);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Line interrupt Callback */
|
||||
HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback(hdcmi);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* VSYNC interrupt management ***********************************************/
|
||||
if((isr_value & DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI) == DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the VSYNC flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_VSYNCRI);
|
||||
|
||||
/* VSYNC Callback */
|
||||
HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback(hdcmi);
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* FRAME interrupt management ***********************************************/
|
||||
if((isr_value & DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI) == DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* When snapshot mode, disable Vsync, Error and Overrun interrupts */
|
||||
if((hdcmi->Instance->CR & DCMI_CR_CM) == DCMI_MODE_SNAPSHOT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the Line, Vsync, Error and Overrun interrupts */
|
||||
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_LINE | DCMI_IT_VSYNC | DCMI_IT_ERR | DCMI_IT_OVR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the Frame interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_DCMI_DISABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the End of Frame flag */
|
||||
__HAL_DCMI_CLEAR_FLAG(hdcmi, DCMI_FLAG_FRAMERI);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Frame Callback */
|
||||
HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(hdcmi);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Error DCMI callback.
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Line Event callback.
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DCMI_LineEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief VSYNC Event callback.
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DCMI_VsyncEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Frame Event callback.
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_DCMI_FrameEventCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Configure the CROP feature.
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the CROP feature.
|
||||
(+) Set embedded synchronization delimiters unmasks.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure the DCMI CROP coordinate.
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @param YSize: DCMI Line number
|
||||
* @param XSize: DCMI Pixel per line
|
||||
* @param X0: DCMI window X offset
|
||||
* @param Y0: DCMI window Y offset
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_ConfigCrop(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi, uint32_t X0, uint32_t Y0, uint32_t XSize, uint32_t YSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(X0));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_HEIGHT(Y0));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(XSize));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DCMI_WINDOW_COORDINATE(YSize));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure CROP */
|
||||
hdcmi->Instance->CWSIZER = (XSize | (YSize << DCMI_POSITION_CWSIZE_VLINE));
|
||||
hdcmi->Instance->CWSTRTR = (X0 | (Y0 << DCMI_POSITION_CWSTRT_VST));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the DCMI state*/
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the Crop feature.
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_DisableCrop(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable DCMI Crop feature */
|
||||
hdcmi->Instance->CR &= ~(uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DCMI state*/
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the Crop feature.
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DCMI_EnableCrop(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Lock the DCMI peripheral state */
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable DCMI Crop feature */
|
||||
hdcmi->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DCMI_CR_CROP;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the DCMI state*/
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdcmi);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DCMI_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral State functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides functions allowing to
|
||||
(+) Check the DCMI state.
|
||||
(+) Get the specific DCMI error flag.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the DCMI state
|
||||
* @param hdcmi: pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval HAL state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_DCMI_StateTypeDef HAL_DCMI_GetState(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hdcmi->State;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the DCMI error code
|
||||
* @param hdcmi : pointer to a DCMI_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for DCMI.
|
||||
* @retval DCMI Error Code
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_DCMI_GetError(DCMI_HandleTypeDef *hdcmi)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hdcmi->ErrorCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup DCMI_Private_Functions DCMI Private Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA conversion complete callback.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void DCMI_DMAXferCplt(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi = ( DCMI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
|
||||
|
||||
if(hdcmi->XferCount != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Update memory 0 address location */
|
||||
tmp = ((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR) & DMA_SxCR_CT);
|
||||
if(((hdcmi->XferCount % 2) == 0) && (tmp != 0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp = hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M0AR;
|
||||
HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (tmp + (8*hdcmi->XferSize)), MEMORY0);
|
||||
hdcmi->XferCount--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Update memory 1 address location */
|
||||
else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp = hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M1AR;
|
||||
HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(hdcmi->DMA_Handle, (tmp + (8*hdcmi->XferSize)), MEMORY1);
|
||||
hdcmi->XferCount--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Update memory 0 address location */
|
||||
else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M0AR = hdcmi->pBuffPtr;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Update memory 1 address location */
|
||||
else if((hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->CR & DMA_SxCR_CT) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
tmp = hdcmi->pBuffPtr;
|
||||
hdcmi->DMA_Handle->Instance->M1AR = (tmp + (4*hdcmi->XferSize));
|
||||
hdcmi->XferCount = hdcmi->XferTransferNumber;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the frame is transferred */
|
||||
if(hdcmi->XferCount == hdcmi->XferTransferNumber)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the Frame interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_DCMI_ENABLE_IT(hdcmi, DCMI_IT_FRAME);
|
||||
|
||||
/* When snapshot mode, set dcmi state to ready */
|
||||
if((hdcmi->Instance->CR & DCMI_CR_CM) == DCMI_MODE_SNAPSHOT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hdcmi->State= HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA error callback
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void DCMI_DMAError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DCMI_HandleTypeDef* hdcmi = ( DCMI_HandleTypeDef* )((DMA_HandleTypeDef* )hdma)->Parent;
|
||||
|
||||
if(hdcmi->DMA_Handle->ErrorCode != HAL_DMA_ERROR_FE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialize the DCMI state*/
|
||||
hdcmi->State = HAL_DCMI_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set DCMI Error Code */
|
||||
hdcmi->ErrorCode |= HAL_DCMI_ERROR_DMA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* DCMI error Callback */
|
||||
HAL_DCMI_ErrorCallback(hdcmi);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* DCMI */
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_DCMI_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
+52
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief Empty file; This file is no longer used to handle the Black&White
|
||||
* feature. Its content is now moved to common files
|
||||
* (stm32f7xx_hal_dcmi.c/.h) as there's no device's dependency within F7
|
||||
* family. It's just kept for compatibility reasons.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+3018
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+1318
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+1764
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40/Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_dma_ex.c
Executable
+328
@@ -0,0 +1,328 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_dma_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief DMA Extension HAL module driver
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the DMA Extension peripheral:
|
||||
* + Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The DMA Extension HAL driver can be used as follows:
|
||||
(+) Start a multi buffer transfer using the HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart() function
|
||||
for polling mode or HAL_DMA_MultiBufferStart_IT() for interrupt mode.
|
||||
|
||||
-@- In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Multi (Double) Buffer mode is not allowed.
|
||||
-@- When Multi (Double) Buffer mode is enabled, the transfer is circular by default.
|
||||
-@- In Multi (Double) buffer mode, it is possible to update the base address for
|
||||
the AHB memory port on the fly (DMA_SxM0AR or DMA_SxM1AR) when the stream is enabled.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMAEx DMAEx
|
||||
* @brief DMA Extended HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private Constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Extended features functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
|
||||
Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer
|
||||
(+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
|
||||
Start MultiBuffer DMA transfer with interrupt
|
||||
(+) Change on the fly the memory0 or memory1 address.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer.
|
||||
* @param hdma : pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
|
||||
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
|
||||
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Memory-to-memory transfer not supported in double buffering mode */
|
||||
if (hdma->Init.Direction == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the double buffer mode */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->M1AR = SecondMemAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
|
||||
DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return error status */
|
||||
status = HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Starts the multi_buffer DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
|
||||
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param SecondMemAddress: The second memory Buffer address in case of multi buffer Transfer
|
||||
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_MultiBufferStart_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t SecondMemAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Memory-to-memory transfer not supported in double buffering mode */
|
||||
if (hdma->Init.Direction == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Change DMA peripheral state */
|
||||
hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the error code */
|
||||
hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the Double buffer mode */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)DMA_SxCR_DBM;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->M1AR = SecondMemAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the source, destination address and the data length */
|
||||
DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear all flags */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG (hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG (hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG (hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG (hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_DME_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG (hdma, __HAL_DMA_GET_FE_FLAG_INDEX(hdma));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable Common interrupts*/
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CR |= DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_DME;
|
||||
hdma->Instance->FCR |= DMA_IT_FE;
|
||||
|
||||
if((hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL) || (hdma->XferM1HalfCpltCallback != NULL))
|
||||
{
|
||||
hdma->Instance->CR |= DMA_IT_HT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return error status */
|
||||
status = HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Change the memory0 or memory1 address on the fly.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
|
||||
* @param Address: The new address
|
||||
* @param memory: the memory to be changed, This parameter can be one of
|
||||
* the following values:
|
||||
* MEMORY0 /
|
||||
* MEMORY1
|
||||
* @note The MEMORY0 address can be changed only when the current transfer use
|
||||
* MEMORY1 and the MEMORY1 address can be changed only when the current
|
||||
* transfer use MEMORY0.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMAEx_ChangeMemory(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t Address, HAL_DMA_MemoryTypeDef memory)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(memory == MEMORY0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* change the memory0 address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->M0AR = Address;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* change the memory1 address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->M1AR = Address;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMAEx_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the DMA Transfer parameter.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA Stream.
|
||||
* @param SrcAddress: The source memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DstAddress: The destination memory Buffer address
|
||||
* @param DataLength: The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void DMA_MultiBufferSetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Stream data length */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->NDTR = DataLength;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Peripheral to Memory */
|
||||
if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->PAR = DstAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Stream source address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->M0AR = SrcAddress;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Memory to Peripheral */
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Stream source address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->PAR = SrcAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure DMA Stream destination address */
|
||||
hdma->Instance->M0AR = DstAddress;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+2262
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+2045
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+829
@@ -0,0 +1,829 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_flash.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
|
||||
* + Program operations functions
|
||||
* + Memory Control functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Errors functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### FLASH peripheral features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
[..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses
|
||||
to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations
|
||||
and the read and write protection mechanisms.
|
||||
|
||||
[..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
|
||||
prefetch and cache lines.
|
||||
|
||||
[..] The FLASH main features are:
|
||||
(+) Flash memory read operations
|
||||
(+) Flash memory program/erase operations
|
||||
(+) Read / write protections
|
||||
(+) Prefetch on I-Code
|
||||
(+) 64 cache lines of 128 bits on I-Code
|
||||
(+) 8 cache lines of 128 bits on D-Code
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH
|
||||
memory of all STM32F7xx devices.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) FLASH Memory IO Programming functions:
|
||||
(++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface using HAL_FLASH_Unlock() and
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_Lock() functions
|
||||
(++) Program functions: byte, half word, word and double word
|
||||
(++) There Two modes of programming :
|
||||
(+++) Polling mode using HAL_FLASH_Program() function
|
||||
(+++) Interrupt mode using HAL_FLASH_Program_IT() function
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Interrupts and flags management functions :
|
||||
(++) Handle FLASH interrupts by calling HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler()
|
||||
(++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
|
||||
(++) Get error flag status by calling HAL_SetErrorCode()
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
In addition to these functions, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
|
||||
to handle the following operations:
|
||||
(+) Set the latency
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the Instruction cache and the Data cache
|
||||
(+) Reset the Instruction cache and the Data cache
|
||||
(+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
|
||||
(+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(@) For any Flash memory program operation (erase or program), the CPU clock frequency
|
||||
(HCLK) must be at least 1MHz.
|
||||
(@) The contents of the Flash memory are not guaranteed if a device reset occurs during
|
||||
a Flash memory operation.
|
||||
(@) Any attempt to read the Flash memory while it is being written or erased, causes the
|
||||
bus to stall. Read operations are processed correctly once the program operation has
|
||||
completed. This means that code or data fetches cannot be performed while a write/erase
|
||||
operation is ongoing.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
|
||||
* @brief FLASH HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define SECTOR_MASK ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFF07U)
|
||||
#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE ((uint32_t)50000U)/* 50 s */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Variable used for Erase sectors under interruption */
|
||||
FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Program operations */
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data);
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data);
|
||||
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions
|
||||
* @brief Programming operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Programming operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH
|
||||
program operations.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address
|
||||
* @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
|
||||
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
if(status == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch(TypeProgram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE :
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD :
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD :
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD :
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
default :
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
|
||||
FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program byte, halfword, word or double word at a specified address with interrupt enabled.
|
||||
* @param TypeProgram: Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
|
||||
* This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
|
||||
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable Error source interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear pending flags (if any) */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP | FLASH_FLAG_OPERR | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR |\
|
||||
FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR| FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR);
|
||||
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM;
|
||||
pFlash.Address = Address;
|
||||
|
||||
switch(TypeProgram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_BYTE :
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
FLASH_Program_Byte(Address, (uint8_t) Data);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_HALFWORD :
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Program halfword (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
FLASH_Program_HalfWord(Address, (uint16_t) Data);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD :
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
FLASH_Program_Word(Address, (uint32_t) Data);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_DOUBLEWORD :
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Program double word (64-bit) at a specified address.*/
|
||||
FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(Address, Data);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
default :
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t temp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the program operation is completed, disable the PG Bit */
|
||||
FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_PG);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the erase operation is completed, disable the SER Bit */
|
||||
FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_CR_SER);
|
||||
FLASH->CR &= SECTOR_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* if the erase operation is completed, disable the MER Bit */
|
||||
FLASH->CR &= (~FLASH_MER_BIT);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
|
||||
|
||||
switch (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE :
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Nb of sector to erased can be decreased */
|
||||
pFlash.NbSectorsToErase--;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if there are still sectors to erase */
|
||||
if(pFlash.NbSectorsToErase != 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
temp = pFlash.Sector;
|
||||
/* Indicate user which sector has been erased */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(temp);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Increment sector number */
|
||||
temp = ++pFlash.Sector;
|
||||
FLASH_Erase_Sector(temp, pFlash.VoltageForErase);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* No more sectors to Erase, user callback can be called.*/
|
||||
/* Reset Sector and stop Erase sectors procedure */
|
||||
pFlash.Sector = temp = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
|
||||
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(temp);
|
||||
/* Sector Erase procedure is completed */
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE :
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* MassErase ended. Return the selected bank : in this product we don't have Banks */
|
||||
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(0);
|
||||
/* MAss Erase procedure is completed */
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
case FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM :
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Program ended. Return the selected address*/
|
||||
/* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
|
||||
/* Programming procedure is completed */
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
default :
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check FLASH operation error flags */
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_ALL_ERRORS) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case FLASH_PROC_SECTERASE :
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* return the faulty sector */
|
||||
temp = pFlash.Sector;
|
||||
pFlash.Sector = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case FLASH_PROC_MASSERASE :
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* No return in case of Mass Erase */
|
||||
temp = 0;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
case FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM :
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*return the faulty address*/
|
||||
temp = pFlash.Address;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
default :
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/*Save the Error code*/
|
||||
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
|
||||
|
||||
/* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
|
||||
HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(temp);
|
||||
|
||||
/*Stop the procedure ongoing */
|
||||
pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable End of FLASH Operation interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable Error source interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_ERR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
|
||||
* @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
|
||||
* - Sectors Erase: Sector which has been erased (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that
|
||||
* all the selected sectors have been erased)
|
||||
* - Program : Address which was selected for data program
|
||||
* - Mass Erase : No return value expected
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief FLASH operation error interrupt callback
|
||||
* @param ReturnValue: The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
|
||||
* - Sectors Erase: Sector which has been erased (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that
|
||||
* all the selected sectors have been erased)
|
||||
* - Program : Address which was selected for data program
|
||||
* - Mass Erase : No return value expected
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(ReturnValue);
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief management functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH
|
||||
memory operations.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Unlock the FLASH control register access
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((FLASH->CR & FLASH_CR_LOCK) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Authorize the FLASH Registers access */
|
||||
FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY1;
|
||||
FLASH->KEYR = FLASH_KEY2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Locks the FLASH control register access
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the LOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
|
||||
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_LOCK;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((FLASH->OPTCR & FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Authorizes the Option Byte register programming */
|
||||
FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY1;
|
||||
FLASH->OPTKEYR = FLASH_OPT_KEY2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Option Byte Registers access */
|
||||
FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTLOCK;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Launch the option byte loading.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the OPTSTRT bit in OPTCR register */
|
||||
FLASH->OPTCR |= FLASH_OPTCR_OPTSTRT;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for last operation to be completed */
|
||||
return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation((uint32_t)FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral Errors functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection permits to get in run-time Errors of the FLASH peripheral.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Get the specific FLASH error flag.
|
||||
* @retval FLASH_ErrorCode: The returned value can be:
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_ERROR_ERS: FLASH Erasing Sequence error flag
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_ERROR_PGP: FLASH Programming Parallelism error flag
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_ERROR_PGA: FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_ERROR_WRP: FLASH Write protected error flag
|
||||
* @arg FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION: FLASH operation Error flag
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return pFlash.ErrorCode;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
|
||||
* @param Timeout: maximum flash operationtimeout
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear Error Code */
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
|
||||
Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
|
||||
flag will be set */
|
||||
/* Get tick */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((Timeout == 0)||((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > Timeout))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_ALL_ERRORS) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*Save the error code*/
|
||||
FLASH_SetErrorCode();
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check FLASH End of Operation flag */
|
||||
if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If there is an error flag set */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program a double word (64-bit) at a specified address.
|
||||
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
|
||||
* 2.7V to 3.6V and an External Vpp is present.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
|
||||
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_DoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
|
||||
FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
|
||||
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_DOUBLE_WORD;
|
||||
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
|
||||
|
||||
*(__IO uint64_t*)Address = Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation
|
||||
This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/
|
||||
__DSB();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.
|
||||
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
|
||||
* 2.7V to 3.6V.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
|
||||
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_Word(uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
|
||||
FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
|
||||
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_WORD;
|
||||
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
|
||||
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t*)Address = Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation
|
||||
This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/
|
||||
__DSB();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.
|
||||
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
|
||||
* 2.7V to 3.6V.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
|
||||
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_HalfWord(uint32_t Address, uint16_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
|
||||
FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
|
||||
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_HALF_WORD;
|
||||
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
|
||||
|
||||
*(__IO uint16_t*)Address = Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation
|
||||
This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/
|
||||
__DSB();
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.
|
||||
* @note This function must be used when the device voltage range is from
|
||||
* 2.7V to 3.6V.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note If an erase and a program operations are requested simultaneously,
|
||||
* the erase operation is performed before the program one.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param Address: specifies the address to be programmed.
|
||||
* @param Data: specifies the data to be programmed.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void FLASH_Program_Byte(uint32_t Address, uint8_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FLASH_ADDRESS(Address));
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data */
|
||||
FLASH->CR &= CR_PSIZE_MASK;
|
||||
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_PSIZE_BYTE;
|
||||
FLASH->CR |= FLASH_CR_PG;
|
||||
|
||||
*(__IO uint8_t*)Address = Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Data synchronous Barrier (DSB) Just after the write operation
|
||||
This will force the CPU to respect the sequence of instruction (no optimization).*/
|
||||
__DSB();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the specific FLASH error flag.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPERR) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGPERR) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGP;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_ERSERR) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_ERS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (FLASH_OPTCR2_PCROP)
|
||||
if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* FLASH_OPTCR2_PCROP */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear error programming flags */
|
||||
__HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_ALL_ERRORS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
+1140
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+543
@@ -0,0 +1,543 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_gpio.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + IO operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Subject to the specific hardware characteristics of each I/O port listed in the datasheet, each
|
||||
port bit of the General Purpose IO (GPIO) Ports, can be individually configured by software
|
||||
in several modes:
|
||||
(+) Input mode
|
||||
(+) Analog mode
|
||||
(+) Output mode
|
||||
(+) Alternate function mode
|
||||
(+) External interrupt/event lines
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
|
||||
lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
|
||||
activated or not.
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
|
||||
type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
|
||||
lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
|
||||
connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 23 edge detectors
|
||||
(16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt requests (each
|
||||
input line can be independently configured to select the type (interrupt or event)
|
||||
and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both). Each line can
|
||||
also be masked independently.
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function: __HAL_RCC_GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
|
||||
(++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
(++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
(++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
|
||||
configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
(++) In alternate mode is selection, the alternate function connected to the IO
|
||||
is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
(++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
|
||||
or DAC output.
|
||||
(++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
|
||||
GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
|
||||
the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
|
||||
|
||||
(#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
|
||||
mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
|
||||
HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
|
||||
|
||||
(#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
(#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
|
||||
active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
|
||||
pins).
|
||||
|
||||
(#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
|
||||
(PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
|
||||
priority over the GPIO function.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
|
||||
general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
|
||||
The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
|
||||
* @brief GPIO HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define GPIO_MODE ((uint32_t)0x00000003U)
|
||||
#define EXTI_MODE ((uint32_t)0x10000000U)
|
||||
#define GPIO_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000U)
|
||||
#define GPIO_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000U)
|
||||
#define RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00100000U)
|
||||
#define FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00200000U)
|
||||
#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE ((uint32_t)0x00000010U)
|
||||
|
||||
#define GPIO_NUMBER ((uint32_t)16U)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides functions allowing to initialize and de-initialize the GPIOs
|
||||
to be ready for use.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Init: pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t position = 0x00;
|
||||
uint32_t ioposition = 0x00;
|
||||
uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00;
|
||||
uint32_t temp = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the port pins */
|
||||
for(position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get the IO position */
|
||||
ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position;
|
||||
/* Get the current IO position */
|
||||
iocurrent = (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Pin) & ioposition;
|
||||
|
||||
if(iocurrent == ioposition)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
|
||||
/* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
|
||||
if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the Alternate function parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
|
||||
temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3];
|
||||
temp &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ;
|
||||
temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Alternate) << (((uint32_t)position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4));
|
||||
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] = temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
|
||||
temp = GPIOx->MODER;
|
||||
temp &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2));
|
||||
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2));
|
||||
GPIOx->MODER = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
|
||||
if((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
|
||||
(GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the Speed parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
|
||||
/* Configure the IO Speed */
|
||||
temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
|
||||
temp &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2));
|
||||
temp |= (GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2));
|
||||
GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the IO Output Type */
|
||||
temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
|
||||
temp &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
|
||||
temp |= (((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4) << position);
|
||||
GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
|
||||
temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
|
||||
temp &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2));
|
||||
temp |= ((GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2));
|
||||
GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
|
||||
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2];
|
||||
temp &= ~(((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
|
||||
temp |= ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
|
||||
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
|
||||
temp = EXTI->IMR;
|
||||
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
|
||||
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
temp |= iocurrent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXTI->IMR = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
temp = EXTI->EMR;
|
||||
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
|
||||
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
temp |= iocurrent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXTI->EMR = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
|
||||
temp = EXTI->RTSR;
|
||||
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
|
||||
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
temp |= iocurrent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXTI->RTSR = temp;
|
||||
|
||||
temp = EXTI->FTSR;
|
||||
temp &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
|
||||
if((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
temp |= iocurrent;
|
||||
}
|
||||
EXTI->FTSR = temp;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t position;
|
||||
uint32_t ioposition = 0x00;
|
||||
uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00;
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the port pins */
|
||||
for(position = 0; position < GPIO_NUMBER; position++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get the IO position */
|
||||
ioposition = ((uint32_t)0x01) << position;
|
||||
/* Get the current IO position */
|
||||
iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & ioposition;
|
||||
|
||||
if(iocurrent == ioposition)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
|
||||
/* Configure IO Direction in Input Floating Mode */
|
||||
GPIOx->MODER &= ~(GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
|
||||
GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] &= ~((uint32_t)0xF << ((uint32_t)(position & (uint32_t)0x07) * 4)) ;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
|
||||
GPIOx->OSPEEDR &= ~(GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
|
||||
GPIOx->OTYPER &= ~(GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Deactivate the Pull-up and Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
|
||||
GPIOx->PUPDR &= ~(GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2));
|
||||
|
||||
/*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
|
||||
tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2];
|
||||
tmp &= (((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
|
||||
if(tmp == ((uint32_t)(GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03))))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
|
||||
tmp = ((uint32_t)0x0F) << (4 * (position & 0x03));
|
||||
SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] &= ~tmp;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear EXTI line configuration */
|
||||
EXTI->IMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
|
||||
EXTI->EMR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
|
||||
EXTI->RTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
|
||||
EXTI->FTSR &= ~((uint32_t)iocurrent);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
|
||||
* @brief GPIO Read and Write
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reads the specified input port pin.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to read.
|
||||
* This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* @retval The input port pin value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
|
||||
|
||||
if((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return bitstatus;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify
|
||||
* accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
|
||||
* the read and the modify access.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..K) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be written.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* @param PinState: specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
|
||||
* @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
|
||||
* @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
|
||||
|
||||
if(PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->BSRR = GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Toggles the specified GPIO pins.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx: Where x can be (A..I) to select the GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins to be toggled.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
|
||||
|
||||
GPIOx->ODR ^= GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
|
||||
* @note The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
|
||||
* GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
|
||||
* @note The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
|
||||
* until the next reset.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx: where x can be (A..F) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32F7 family
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin: specifies the port bit to be locked.
|
||||
* This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef* GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Apply lock key write sequence */
|
||||
tmp |= GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
|
||||
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
|
||||
/* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
|
||||
GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
|
||||
/* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
|
||||
GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
|
||||
/* Read LCKK bit*/
|
||||
tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
|
||||
|
||||
if((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles EXTI interrupt request.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* EXTI line interrupt detected */
|
||||
if(__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief EXTI line detection callbacks.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_Pin: Specifies the pins connected EXTI line
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+1878
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
+1636
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+1229
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+4867
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40/Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
Executable
+275
@@ -0,0 +1,275 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_i2c_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of I2C Extended peripheral:
|
||||
* + Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### I2C peripheral Extended features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
[..] Comparing to other previous devices, the I2C interface for STM32F7xx
|
||||
devices contains the following additional features
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Possibility to disable or enable Analog Noise Filter
|
||||
(+) Use of a configured Digital Noise Filter
|
||||
(+) Disable or enable Fast Mode Plus
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This driver provides functions to:
|
||||
(#) Configure I2C Analog noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter()
|
||||
(#) Configure I2C Digital noise filter using the function HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter()
|
||||
(#) Configure the enable or disable of fast mode plus driving capability using the functions :
|
||||
(++) HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus()
|
||||
(++) HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus()
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup I2CEx I2CEx
|
||||
* @brief I2C Extended HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions I2C Extended Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup I2CEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended features functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Extended features functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Configure Noise Filters
|
||||
(+) Configure Fast Mode Plus
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure I2C Analog noise filter.
|
||||
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
|
||||
* @param AnalogFilter New state of the Analog filter.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigAnalogFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t AnalogFilter)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(AnalogFilter));
|
||||
|
||||
if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset I2Cx ANOFF bit */
|
||||
hi2c->Instance->CR1 &= ~(I2C_CR1_ANFOFF);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set analog filter bit*/
|
||||
hi2c->Instance->CR1 |= AnalogFilter;
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure I2C Digital noise filter.
|
||||
* @param hi2c Pointer to a I2C_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified I2Cx peripheral.
|
||||
* @param DigitalFilter Coefficient of digital noise filter between Min_Data=0x00 and Max_Data=0x0F.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_I2CEx_ConfigDigitalFilter(I2C_HandleTypeDef *hi2c, uint32_t DigitalFilter)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(hi2c->Instance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(DigitalFilter));
|
||||
|
||||
if(hi2c->State == HAL_I2C_STATE_READY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected I2C peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_I2C_DISABLE(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the old register value */
|
||||
tmpreg = hi2c->Instance->CR1;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset I2Cx DNF bits [11:8] */
|
||||
tmpreg &= ~(I2C_CR1_DNF);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set I2Cx DNF coefficient */
|
||||
tmpreg |= DigitalFilter << 8U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the new register value */
|
||||
hi2c->Instance->CR1 = tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_I2C_ENABLE(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
hi2c->State = HAL_I2C_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hi2c);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(SYSCFG_PMC_I2C1_FMP)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
|
||||
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
|
||||
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled on all selected
|
||||
* I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
|
||||
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
|
||||
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
|
||||
* can be enabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
|
||||
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
|
||||
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
|
||||
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
|
||||
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
|
||||
* @note For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be enabled
|
||||
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_I2CEx_EnableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
|
||||
SET_BIT(SYSCFG->PMC, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the I2C fast mode plus driving capability.
|
||||
* @param ConfigFastModePlus Selects the pin.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the @ref I2CEx_FastModePlus values
|
||||
* @note For I2C1, fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled on all selected
|
||||
* I2C1 pins using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter or independently
|
||||
* on each one of the following pins PB6, PB7, PB8 and PB9.
|
||||
* @note For remaining I2C1 pins (PA14, PA15...) fast mode plus driving capability
|
||||
* can be disabled only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C1 parameter.
|
||||
* @note For all I2C2 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
|
||||
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C2 parameter.
|
||||
* @note For all I2C3 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
|
||||
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C3 parameter.
|
||||
* @note For all I2C4 pins fast mode plus driving capability can be disabled
|
||||
* only by using I2C_FASTMODEPLUS_I2C4 parameter.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_I2CEx_DisableFastModePlus(uint32_t ConfigFastModePlus)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_FASTMODEPLUS(ConfigFastModePlus));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable SYSCFG clock */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable fast mode plus driving capability for selected pin */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->PMC, (uint32_t)ConfigFastModePlus);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SYSCFG_PMC_I2C1_FMP */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+1556
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+2240
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+282
@@ -0,0 +1,282 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_iwdg.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the Independent Watchdog (IWDG) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization and Start functions
|
||||
* + IO operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### IWDG Generic features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) The IWDG can be started by either software or hardware (configurable
|
||||
through option byte).
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The IWDG is clocked by Low-Speed clock (LSI) and thus stays active even
|
||||
if the main clock fails.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Once the IWDG is started, the LSI is forced ON and both can not be
|
||||
disabled. The counter starts counting down from the reset value (0xFFF).
|
||||
When it reaches the end of count value (0x000) a reset signal is
|
||||
generated (IWDG reset).
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Whenever the key value 0x0000 AAAA is written in the IWDG_KR register,
|
||||
the IWDG_RLR value is reloaded in the counter and the watchdog reset is
|
||||
prevented.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The IWDG is implemented in the VDD voltage domain that is still functional
|
||||
in STOP and STANDBY mode (IWDG reset can wake-up from STANDBY).
|
||||
IWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register can be used to inform when an IWDG
|
||||
reset occurs.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
|
||||
the IWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending
|
||||
on DBG_IWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
|
||||
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG() macros
|
||||
|
||||
[..] Min-max timeout value @32KHz (LSI): ~125us / ~32.7s
|
||||
The IWDG timeout may vary due to LSI frequency dispersion. STM32F7xx
|
||||
devices provide the capability to measure the LSI frequency (LSI clock
|
||||
connected internally to TIM16 CH1 input capture). The measured value
|
||||
can be used to have an IWDG timeout with an acceptable accuracy.
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(#) Use IWDG using HAL_IWDG_Init() function to :
|
||||
(++) Enable instance by writing Start keyword in IWDG_KEY register. LSI
|
||||
clock is forced ON and IWDG counter starts downcounting.
|
||||
(++) Enable write access to configuration register: IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR &
|
||||
IWDG_WINR.
|
||||
(++) Configure the IWDG prescaler and counter reload value. This reload
|
||||
value will be loaded in the IWDG counter each time the watchdog is
|
||||
reloaded, then the IWDG will start counting down from this value.
|
||||
(++) wait for status flags to be reset
|
||||
(++) Depending on window parameter:
|
||||
(+++) If Window Init parameter is same as Window register value,
|
||||
nothing more is done but reload counter value in order to exit
|
||||
function withy exact time base.
|
||||
(+++) Else modify Window register. This will automatically reload
|
||||
watchdog counter.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Then the application program must refresh the IWDG counter at regular
|
||||
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset, using
|
||||
HAL_IWDG_Refresh() function.
|
||||
|
||||
*** IWDG HAL driver macros list ***
|
||||
====================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Below the list of most used macros in IWDG HAL driver:
|
||||
(+) __HAL_IWDG_START: Enable the IWDG peripheral
|
||||
(+) __HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER: Reloads IWDG counter with value defined in
|
||||
the reload register
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
/** @addtogroup IWDG
|
||||
* @brief IWDG HAL module driver.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup IWDG_Private_Defines IWDG Private Defines
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Status register need 5 RC LSI divided by prescaler clock to be updated. With
|
||||
higher prescaler (256), and according to LSI variation, we need to wait at
|
||||
least 6 cycles so 48 ms. */
|
||||
#define HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT 48u
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Start functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and Start functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
|
||||
IWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
|
||||
(+) Manage Window option.
|
||||
(+) Once initialization is performed in HAL_IWDG_Init function, Watchdog
|
||||
is reloaded in order to exit function with correct time base.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the IWDG according to the specified parameters in the
|
||||
* IWDG_InitTypeDef and start watchdog. Before exiting function,
|
||||
* watchdog is refreshed in order to have correct time base.
|
||||
* @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Init(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the IWDG handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hiwdg == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_IWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hiwdg->Instance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_IWDG_PRESCALER(hiwdg->Init.Prescaler));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_IWDG_RELOAD(hiwdg->Init.Reload));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_IWDG_WINDOW(hiwdg->Init.Window));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable IWDG. LSI is turned on automaticaly */
|
||||
__HAL_IWDG_START(hiwdg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable write access to IWDG_PR, IWDG_RLR and IWDG_WINR registers by writing
|
||||
0x5555 in KR */
|
||||
IWDG_ENABLE_WRITE_ACCESS(hiwdg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write to IWDG registers the Prescaler & Reload values to work with */
|
||||
hiwdg->Instance->PR = hiwdg->Init.Prescaler;
|
||||
hiwdg->Instance->RLR = hiwdg->Init.Reload;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check pending flag, if previous update not done, return timeout */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for register to be updated */
|
||||
while(hiwdg->Instance->SR != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > HAL_IWDG_DEFAULT_TIMEOUT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If window parameter is different than current value, modify window
|
||||
register */
|
||||
if(hiwdg->Instance->WINR != hiwdg->Init.Window)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Write to IWDG WINR the IWDG_Window value to compare with. In any case,
|
||||
even if window feature is disabled, Watchdog will be reloaded by writing
|
||||
windows register */
|
||||
hiwdg->Instance->WINR = hiwdg->Init.Window;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
|
||||
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup IWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2
|
||||
* @brief IO operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Refresh the IWDG.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Refresh the IWDG.
|
||||
* @param hiwdg pointer to a IWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified IWDG module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_IWDG_Refresh(IWDG_HandleTypeDef *hiwdg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reload IWDG counter with value defined in the reload register */
|
||||
__HAL_IWDG_RELOAD_COUNTER(hiwdg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+3460
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+1705
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+1915
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
+162
@@ -0,0 +1,162 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_ltdc_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief LTDC Extension HAL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup LTDCEx LTDCEx
|
||||
* @brief LTDC HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_LTDC_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup LTDCEx_Exported_Functions LTDC Extended Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup LTDCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Initialize and configure the LTDC
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined (STM32F769xx) || defined (STM32F779xx)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Retrieve common parameters from DSI Video mode configuration structure
|
||||
* @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the LTDC.
|
||||
* @param VidCfg: pointer to a DSI_VidCfgTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the DSI video mode configuration parameters
|
||||
* @note The implementation of this function is taking into account the LTDC
|
||||
* polarities inversion as described in the current LTDC specification
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_StructInitFromVideoConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef* hltdc, DSI_VidCfgTypeDef *VidCfg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Retrieve signal polarities from DSI */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following polarity is inverted:
|
||||
LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note 1 : Code in line w/ Current LTDC specification */
|
||||
hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = (VidCfg->DEPolarity == DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH;
|
||||
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = (VidCfg->VSPolarity == DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH : LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL;
|
||||
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = (VidCfg->HSPolarity == DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH : LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note 2: Code to be used in case LTDC polarities inversion updated in the specification */
|
||||
/* hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = VidCfg->DEPolarity << 29;
|
||||
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = VidCfg->VSPolarity << 29;
|
||||
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = VidCfg->HSPolarity << 29; */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Retrieve vertical timing parameters from DSI */
|
||||
hltdc->Init.VerticalSync = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive - 1;
|
||||
hltdc->Init.AccumulatedVBP = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch - 1;
|
||||
hltdc->Init.AccumulatedActiveH = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch + VidCfg->VerticalActive - 1;
|
||||
hltdc->Init.TotalHeigh = VidCfg->VerticalSyncActive + VidCfg->VerticalBackPorch + VidCfg->VerticalActive + VidCfg->VerticalFrontPorch - 1;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Retrieve common parameters from DSI Adapted command mode configuration structure
|
||||
* @param hltdc: pointer to a LTDC_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the LTDC.
|
||||
* @param CmdCfg: pointer to a DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the DSI command mode configuration parameters
|
||||
* @note The implementation of this function is taking into account the LTDC
|
||||
* polarities inversion as described in the current LTDC specification
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_LTDC_StructInitFromAdaptedCommandConfig(LTDC_HandleTypeDef* hltdc, DSI_CmdCfgTypeDef *CmdCfg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Retrieve signal polarities from DSI */
|
||||
|
||||
/* The following polarities are inverted:
|
||||
LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH
|
||||
LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH
|
||||
LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL <-> LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH)*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note 1 : Code in line w/ Current LTDC specification */
|
||||
hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = (CmdCfg->DEPolarity == DSI_DATA_ENABLE_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_DEPOLARITY_AH;
|
||||
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = (CmdCfg->VSPolarity == DSI_VSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_VSPOLARITY_AH;
|
||||
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = (CmdCfg->HSPolarity == DSI_HSYNC_ACTIVE_HIGH) ? LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AL : LTDC_HSPOLARITY_AH;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note 2: Code to be used in case LTDC polarities inversion updated in the specification */
|
||||
/* hltdc->Init.DEPolarity = CmdCfg->DEPolarity << 29;
|
||||
hltdc->Init.VSPolarity = CmdCfg->VSPolarity << 29;
|
||||
hltdc->Init.HSPolarity = CmdCfg->HSPolarity << 29; */
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /*STM32F769xx | STM32F779xx */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_LTCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+627
@@ -0,0 +1,627 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_mdios.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief MDIOS HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the MDIOS Peripheral.
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + IO operation functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The MDIOS HAL driver can be used as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Declare a MDIOS_HandleTypeDef handle structure.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Initialize the MDIOS low level resources by implementing the HAL_MDIOS_MspInit() API:
|
||||
(##) Enable the MDIOS interface clock.
|
||||
(##) MDIOS pins configuration:
|
||||
(+++) Enable clocks for the MDIOS GPIOs.
|
||||
(+++) Configure the MDIOS pins as alternate function.
|
||||
(##) NVIC configuration if you need to use interrupt process:
|
||||
(+++) Configure the MDIOS interrupt priority.
|
||||
(+++) Enable the NVIC MDIOS IRQ handle.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Program the Port Address and the Preamble Check in the Init structure.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Initialize the MDIOS registers by calling the HAL_MDIOS_Init() API.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Perform direct slave read/write operations using the following APIs:
|
||||
(##) Read the value of a DINn register: HAL_MDIOS_ReadReg()
|
||||
(##) Write a value to a DOUTn register: HAL_MDIOS_WriteReg()
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Get the Master read/write operations flags using the following APIs:
|
||||
(##) Bit map of DOUTn registers read by Master: HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress()
|
||||
(##) Bit map of DINn registers written by Master : HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress()
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Clear the read/write flags using the following APIs:
|
||||
(##) Clear read flags of a set of registers: HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress()
|
||||
(##) Clear write flags of a set of registers: HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress()
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Enable interrupts on events using HAL_MDIOS_EnableEvents(), when called
|
||||
the MDIOS will generate an interrupt in the following cases:
|
||||
(##) a DINn register written by the Master
|
||||
(##) a DOUTn register read by the Master
|
||||
(##) an error occur
|
||||
|
||||
-@@- A callback is executed for each genereted interrupt, so the driver provides the following
|
||||
HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback(), HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback() and HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback()
|
||||
-@@- HAL_MDIOS_IRQHandler() must be called from the MDIOS IRQ Handler, to handle the interrupt
|
||||
and execute the previous callbacks
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Reset the MDIOS peripheral and all related ressources by calling the HAL_MDIOS_DeInit() API.
|
||||
(##) HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit() must be implemented to reset low level ressources
|
||||
(GPIO, Clocks, NVIC configuration ...)
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup MDIOS MDIOS
|
||||
* @brief HAL MDIOS module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_MDIOS_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (MDIOS)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#define MDIOS_PORT_ADDRESS_SHIFT ((uint32_t)8)
|
||||
#define MDIOS_ALL_REG_FLAG ((uint32_t)0xFFFFFFFFU)
|
||||
#define MDIOS_ALL_ERRORS_FLAG ((uint32_t)(MDIOS_SR_PERF | MDIOS_SR_SERF | MDIOS_SR_TERF))
|
||||
|
||||
#define MDIOS_DIN_BASE_ADDR (MDIOS_BASE + 0x100)
|
||||
#define MDIOS_DOUT_BASE_ADDR (MDIOS_BASE + 0x180)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup MDIOS_Exported_Functions MDIOS Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup MDIOS_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization/de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the MDIOS
|
||||
(+) The following parameters can be configured:
|
||||
(++) Port Address
|
||||
(++) Preamble Check
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the MDIOS according to the specified parameters in
|
||||
* the MDIOS_InitTypeDef and creates the associated handle .
|
||||
* @param hmdios: pointer to a MDIOS_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for MDIOS module
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_Init(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpcr = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the MDIOS handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hmdios == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_ALL_INSTANCE(hmdios->Instance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_PORTADDRESS(hmdios->Init.PortAddress));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_PREAMBLECHECK(hmdios->Init.PreambleCheck));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
if(hmdios->State == HAL_MDIOS_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Init the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_MDIOS_MspInit(hmdios);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the MDIOS state */
|
||||
hmdios->State = HAL_MDIOS_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the MDIOS CR value */
|
||||
tmpcr = hmdios->Instance->CR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear PORT_ADDRESS, DPC and EN bits */
|
||||
tmpcr &= ((uint32_t)~(MDIOS_CR_EN | MDIOS_CR_DPC | MDIOS_CR_PORT_ADDRESS));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set MDIOS control parametrs and enable the peripheral */
|
||||
tmpcr |= (uint32_t)(((hmdios->Init.PortAddress) << MDIOS_PORT_ADDRESS_SHIFT) |\
|
||||
(hmdios->Init.PreambleCheck) | \
|
||||
(MDIOS_CR_EN));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write the MDIOS CR */
|
||||
hmdios->Instance->CR = tmpcr;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the MDIOS state */
|
||||
hmdios->State = HAL_MDIOS_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the MDIOS peripheral.
|
||||
* @param hmdios: MDIOS handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_DeInit(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the MDIOS handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hmdios == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_ALL_INSTANCE(hmdios->Instance));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the MDIOS state */
|
||||
hmdios->State = HAL_MDIOS_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_MDIOS_DISABLE(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change the MDIOS state */
|
||||
hmdios->State = HAL_MDIOS_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief MDIOS MSP Init
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_MspInit(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_MDIOS_MspInit can be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief MDIOS MSP DeInit
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_MDIOS_MspDeInit can be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup MDIOS_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
|
||||
* @brief MDIOS Read/Write functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the MDIOS
|
||||
read and write operations.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) APIs that allow to the MDIOS to read/write from/to the
|
||||
values of one of the DINn/DOUTn registers:
|
||||
(+) Read the value of a DINn register: HAL_MDIOS_ReadReg()
|
||||
(+) Write a value to a DOUTn register: HAL_MDIOS_WriteReg()
|
||||
|
||||
(#) APIs that provide if there are some Slave registres have been
|
||||
read or written by the Master:
|
||||
(+) DOUTn registers read by Master: HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress()
|
||||
(+) DINn registers written by Master : HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress()
|
||||
|
||||
(#) APIs that Clear the read/write flags:
|
||||
(+) Clear read registers flags: HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress()
|
||||
(+) Clear write registers flags: HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress()
|
||||
|
||||
(#) A set of Callbacks are provided:
|
||||
(+) HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback()
|
||||
(+) HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback()
|
||||
(+) HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback()
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Writes to an MDIOS output register
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @param RegNum: MDIOS input register number
|
||||
* @param Data: Data to write
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_WriteReg(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios, uint32_t RegNum, uint16_t Data)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_REGISTER(RegNum));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the addr of output register to be written by the MDIOS */
|
||||
tmpreg = MDIOS_DOUT_BASE_ADDR + (4 * RegNum);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write to DOUTn register */
|
||||
*((uint32_t *)tmpreg) = Data;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reads an MDIOS input register
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @param RegNum: MDIOS input register number
|
||||
* @param pData: pointer to Data
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_ReadReg(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios, uint32_t RegNum, uint16_t *pData)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_REGISTER(RegNum));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the addr of input register to be read by the MDIOS */
|
||||
tmpreg = MDIOS_DIN_BASE_ADDR + (4 * RegNum);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read DINn register */
|
||||
*pData = (uint16_t)(*((uint32_t *)tmpreg));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Gets Written registers by MDIO master
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @retval bit map of written registers addresses
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hmdios->Instance->WRFR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Gets Read registers by MDIO master
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @retval bit map of read registers addresses
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hmdios->Instance->RDFR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Clears Write registers flag
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @param RegNum: registers addresses to be cleared
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios, uint32_t RegNum)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_REGISTER(RegNum));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear write registers flags */
|
||||
hmdios->Instance->CWRFR |= (RegNum);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Clears Read register flag
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @param RegNum: registers addresses to be cleared
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios, uint32_t RegNum)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_MDIOS_REGISTER(RegNum));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear read registers flags */
|
||||
hmdios->Instance->CRDFR |= (RegNum);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables Events for MDIOS peripheral
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_EnableEvents(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable MDIOS interrupts: Register Write, Register Read and Error ITs */
|
||||
__HAL_MDIOS_ENABLE_IT(hmdios, (MDIOS_IT_WRITE | MDIOS_IT_READ | MDIOS_IT_ERROR));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles MDIOS interrupt request.
|
||||
* @param hmdios: MDIOS handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_MDIOS_IRQHandler(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Write Register Interrupt enabled ? */
|
||||
if(__HAL_MDIOS_GET_IT_SOURCE(hmdios, MDIOS_IT_WRITE) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Write register flag */
|
||||
if(HAL_MDIOS_GetWrittenRegAddress(hmdios) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Write callback function */
|
||||
HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear write register flag */
|
||||
HAL_MDIOS_ClearWriteRegAddress(hmdios, MDIOS_ALL_REG_FLAG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read Register Interrupt enabled ? */
|
||||
if(__HAL_MDIOS_GET_IT_SOURCE(hmdios, MDIOS_IT_READ) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Read register flag */
|
||||
if(HAL_MDIOS_GetReadRegAddress(hmdios) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Read callback function */
|
||||
HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear read register flag */
|
||||
HAL_MDIOS_ClearReadRegAddress(hmdios, MDIOS_ALL_REG_FLAG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Error Interrupt enabled ? */
|
||||
if(__HAL_MDIOS_GET_IT_SOURCE(hmdios, MDIOS_IT_ERROR) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* All Errors Flag */
|
||||
if(__HAL_MDIOS_GET_ERROR_FLAG(hmdios, MDIOS_ALL_ERRORS_FLAG) !=RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Error Callback */
|
||||
HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear errors flag */
|
||||
__HAL_MDIOS_CLEAR_ERROR_FLAG(hmdios, MDIOS_ALL_ERRORS_FLAG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* check MDIOS WAKEUP exti flag */
|
||||
if(__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* MDIOS WAKEUP interrupt user callback */
|
||||
HAL_MDIOS_WakeUpCallback(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear MDIOS WAKEUP Exti pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_MDIOS_WAKEUP_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Write Complete Callback
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_MDIOS_WriteCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Read Complete Callback
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_MDIOS_ReadCpltCallback can be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Error Callback
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_MDIOS_ErrorCallback can be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief MDIOS WAKEUP interrupt callback
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_MDIOS_WakeUpCallback(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hmdios);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_MDIOS_WakeUpCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup MDIOS_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief MDIOS control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the MDIOS.
|
||||
(+) HAL_MDIOS_GetState() API, helpful to check in run-time the state.
|
||||
(+) HAL_MDIOS_GetError() API, returns the errors occured during data transfer.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Gets MDIOS error flags
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @retval bit map of occured errors
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_MDIOS_GetError(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* return errors flags on status register */
|
||||
return hmdios->Instance->SR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return the MDIOS HAL state
|
||||
* @param hmdios: mdios handle
|
||||
* @retval MDIOS state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_MDIOS_StateTypeDef HAL_MDIOS_GetState(MDIOS_HandleTypeDef *hmdios)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return MDIOS state */
|
||||
return hmdios->State;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* MDIOS */
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_MDIOS_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+2493
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
+119
@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_msp_template.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief HAL MSP module.
|
||||
* This file template is located in the HAL folder and should be copied
|
||||
* to the user folder.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_MSP HAL MSP
|
||||
* @brief HAL MSP module.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_MSP_Private_Functions HAL MSP Private Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the Global MSP.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_MspInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the Global MSP.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the PPP MSP.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PPP_MspInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the PPP MSP.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PPP_MspDeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+1859
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+1044
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+1311
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40/Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
Executable
+322
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_pcd_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief PCD HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the USB Peripheral Controller:
|
||||
* + Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PCDEx PCDEx
|
||||
* @brief PCD Extended HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions PCDEx Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PCDEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief PCDEx control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Extended features functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Update FIFO configuration
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set Tx FIFO
|
||||
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
|
||||
* @param fifo: The number of Tx fifo
|
||||
* @param size: Fifo size
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetTxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint8_t fifo, uint16_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint8_t i = 0;
|
||||
uint32_t Tx_Offset = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* TXn min size = 16 words. (n : Transmit FIFO index)
|
||||
When a TxFIFO is not used, the Configuration should be as follows:
|
||||
case 1 : n > m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes)
|
||||
--> Txm can use the space allocated for Txn.
|
||||
case2 : n < m and Txn is not used (n,m : Transmit FIFO indexes)
|
||||
--> Txn should be configured with the minimum space of 16 words
|
||||
The FIFO is used optimally when used TxFIFOs are allocated in the top
|
||||
of the FIFO.Ex: use EP1 and EP2 as IN instead of EP1 and EP3 as IN ones.
|
||||
When DMA is used 3n * FIFO locations should be reserved for internal DMA registers */
|
||||
|
||||
Tx_Offset = hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ;
|
||||
|
||||
if(fifo == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF0_HNPTXFSIZ) >> 16;
|
||||
for (i = 0; i < (fifo - 1); i++)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Tx_Offset += (hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[i] >> 16);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Multiply Tx_Size by 2 to get higher performance */
|
||||
hpcd->Instance->DIEPTXF[fifo - 1] = (uint32_t)(((uint32_t)size << 16) | Tx_Offset);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set Rx FIFO
|
||||
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
|
||||
* @param size: Size of Rx fifo
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_SetRxFiFo(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, uint16_t size)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hpcd->Instance->GRXFSIZ = size;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Activate LPM Feature
|
||||
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
|
||||
|
||||
hpcd->lpm_active = ENABLE;
|
||||
hpcd->LPM_State = LPM_L0;
|
||||
USBx->GINTMSK |= USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
|
||||
USBx->GLPMCFG |= (USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeActivate LPM feature.
|
||||
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateLPM(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
|
||||
|
||||
hpcd->lpm_active = DISABLE;
|
||||
USBx->GINTMSK &= ~USB_OTG_GINTMSK_LPMINTM;
|
||||
USBx->GLPMCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMEN | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_LPMACK | USB_OTG_GLPMCFG_ENBESL);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Handle BatteryCharging Process.
|
||||
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_VBUSDetect(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Start BCD When device is connected */
|
||||
if (USBx_DEVICE->DCTL & USB_OTG_DCTL_SDIS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable DCD : Data Contact Detect */
|
||||
USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDEN;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait Detect flag or a timeout is happen*/
|
||||
while ((USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDET) == 0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check for the Timeout */
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > 1000)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_ERROR);
|
||||
return;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Right response got */
|
||||
HAL_Delay(100);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check Detect flag*/
|
||||
if (USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CONTACT_DETECTION);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*Primary detection: checks if connected to Standard Downstream Port
|
||||
(without charging capability) */
|
||||
USBx->GCCFG &=~ USB_OTG_GCCFG_DCDEN;
|
||||
USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN;
|
||||
HAL_Delay(100);
|
||||
|
||||
if (!(USBx->GCCFG & USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDET))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Case of Standard Downstream Port */
|
||||
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_STD_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* start secondary detection to check connection to Charging Downstream
|
||||
Port or Dedicated Charging Port */
|
||||
USBx->GCCFG &=~ USB_OTG_GCCFG_PDEN;
|
||||
USBx->GCCFG |= USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDEN;
|
||||
HAL_Delay(100);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((USBx->GCCFG) & USB_OTG_GCCFG_SDET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* case Dedicated Charging Port */
|
||||
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DEDICATED_CHARGING_PORT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* case Charging Downstream Port */
|
||||
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_CHARGING_DOWNSTREAM_PORT);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Battery Charging capability discovery finished */
|
||||
HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(hpcd, PCD_BCD_DISCOVERY_COMPLETED);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Activate BatteryCharging feature.
|
||||
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_ActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
|
||||
|
||||
hpcd->battery_charging_active = ENABLE;
|
||||
USBx->GCCFG |= (USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Deactivate BatteryCharging feature.
|
||||
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PCDEx_DeActivateBCD(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd)
|
||||
{
|
||||
USB_OTG_GlobalTypeDef *USBx = hpcd->Instance;
|
||||
hpcd->battery_charging_active = DISABLE;
|
||||
USBx->GCCFG &= ~(USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN);
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Send BatteryCharging message to user layer callback.
|
||||
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
|
||||
* @param msg: LPM message
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_BCD_MsgTypeDef msg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hpcd);
|
||||
UNUSED(msg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_PCDEx_BCD_Callback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USB_OTG_GCCFG_BCDEN */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Send LPM message to user layer callback.
|
||||
* @param hpcd: PCD handle
|
||||
* @param msg: LPM message
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback(PCD_HandleTypeDef *hpcd, PCD_LPM_MsgTypeDef msg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hpcd);
|
||||
UNUSED(msg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_PCDEx_LPM_Callback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+609
@@ -0,0 +1,609 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_pwr.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief PWR HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR PWR
|
||||
* @brief PWR HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup PWR_Private_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode_Mask PWR PVD Mode Mask
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PVD_MODE_IT ((uint32_t)0x00010000U)
|
||||
#define PVD_MODE_EVT ((uint32_t)0x00020000U)
|
||||
#define PVD_RISING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000001U)
|
||||
#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE ((uint32_t)0x00000002U)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_ENABLE_WUP_Mask PWR Enable WUP Mask
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PWR_EWUP_MASK ((uint32_t)0x00003F00)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
|
||||
registers and backup SRAM) is protected against possible unwanted
|
||||
write accesses.
|
||||
To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
|
||||
(+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
|
||||
(+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Deinitializes the HAL PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
|
||||
* backup data registers and backup SRAM).
|
||||
* @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
|
||||
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable access to RTC and backup registers */
|
||||
SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
|
||||
* backup data registers and backup SRAM).
|
||||
* @note If the HSE divided by 2, 3, ..31 is used as the RTC clock, the
|
||||
* Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable access to RTC and backup registers */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_DBP);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Low Power modes configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
*** PVD configuration ***
|
||||
=========================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
|
||||
threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
|
||||
(+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
|
||||
than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
|
||||
line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
|
||||
(+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Wake-up pin configuration ***
|
||||
================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Wake-up pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is
|
||||
forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges.
|
||||
(+) There are up to 6 Wake-up pin in the STM32F7 devices family
|
||||
|
||||
*** Low Power modes configuration ***
|
||||
=====================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The devices feature 3 low-power modes:
|
||||
(+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M7 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
|
||||
(+) Stop mode: all clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator
|
||||
in low power mode
|
||||
(+) Standby mode: 1.2V domain powered off.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Sleep mode ***
|
||||
==================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Entry:
|
||||
The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
|
||||
functions with
|
||||
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
|
||||
(++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
|
||||
|
||||
-@@- The Regulator parameter is not used for the STM32F7 family
|
||||
and is kept as parameter just to maintain compatibility with the
|
||||
lower power families (STM32L).
|
||||
(+) Exit:
|
||||
Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
|
||||
controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Stop mode ***
|
||||
=================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
In Stop mode, all clocks in the 1.2V domain are stopped, the PLL, the HSI,
|
||||
and the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents
|
||||
are preserved.
|
||||
The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
|
||||
To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, FLASH can be powered off before
|
||||
entering the Stop mode using the HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function.
|
||||
It can be switched on again by software after exiting the Stop mode using
|
||||
the HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown() function.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Entry:
|
||||
The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON)
|
||||
function with:
|
||||
(++) Main regulator ON.
|
||||
(++) Low Power regulator ON.
|
||||
(+) Exit:
|
||||
Any EXTI Line (Internal or External) configured in Interrupt/Event mode.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Standby mode ***
|
||||
====================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+)
|
||||
The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based
|
||||
on the Cortex-M7 deep sleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled.
|
||||
The 1.2V domain is consequently powered off. The PLL, the HSI oscillator and
|
||||
the HSE oscillator are also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost
|
||||
except for the RTC registers, RTC backup registers, backup SRAM and Standby
|
||||
circuitry.
|
||||
|
||||
The voltage regulator is OFF.
|
||||
|
||||
(++) Entry:
|
||||
(+++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
|
||||
(++) Exit:
|
||||
(+++) WKUP pin rising or falling edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC
|
||||
wakeup, tamper event, time stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
|
||||
=============================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
|
||||
Wakeup event, a tamper event or a time-stamp event, without depending on
|
||||
an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
|
||||
|
||||
(+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop and Standby modes
|
||||
|
||||
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to
|
||||
configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
|
||||
|
||||
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
|
||||
is necessary to configure the RTC to detect the tamper or time stamp event using the
|
||||
HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT() functions.
|
||||
|
||||
(++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to
|
||||
configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
|
||||
* @param sConfigPVD: pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
|
||||
* information for the PVD.
|
||||
* @note Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
|
||||
* more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
|
||||
* detection level.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure interrupt mode */
|
||||
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure event mode */
|
||||
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the edge */
|
||||
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the power voltage detector */
|
||||
SET_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_PVDE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the power voltage detector */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CR1, PWR_CR1_PVDE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the WakeUp PINx functionality.
|
||||
* @param WakeUpPinPolarity: Specifies which Wake-Up pin to enable.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following legacy values, which sets the default polarity:
|
||||
* detection on high level (rising edge):
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5, PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6
|
||||
* or one of the following value where the user can explicitly states the enabled pin and
|
||||
* the chosen polarity
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1_LOW
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2_LOW
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3_LOW
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4_LOW
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5_LOW
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6_HIGH or PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6_LOW
|
||||
* @note PWR_WAKEUP_PINx and PWR_WAKEUP_PINx_HIGH are equivalent.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinPolarity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinPolarity));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable wake-up pin */
|
||||
SET_BIT(PWR->CSR2, (PWR_EWUP_MASK & WakeUpPinPolarity));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Specifies the Wake-Up pin polarity for the event detection
|
||||
(rising or falling edge) */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR2, (PWR_EWUP_MASK & WakeUpPinPolarity), (WakeUpPinPolarity >> 0x06));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
|
||||
* @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN4
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN5
|
||||
* @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN6
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
|
||||
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(PWR->CSR2, WakeUpPinx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enters Sleep mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note In Sleep mode, the systick is stopped to avoid exit from this mode with
|
||||
* systick interrupt when used as time base for Timeout
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator ON
|
||||
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with low power regulator ON
|
||||
* @note This parameter is not used for the STM32F7 family and is kept as parameter
|
||||
* just to maintain compatibility with the lower power families.
|
||||
* @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
|
||||
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Event */
|
||||
__SEV();
|
||||
__WFE();
|
||||
__WFE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enters Stop mode.
|
||||
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
|
||||
* @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
|
||||
* the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
|
||||
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
|
||||
* startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
|
||||
* By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
|
||||
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
|
||||
* @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON
|
||||
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON
|
||||
* @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
|
||||
* @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the regulator state in Stop mode ---------------------------------*/
|
||||
tmpreg = PWR->CR1;
|
||||
/* Clear PDDS and LPDS bits */
|
||||
tmpreg &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR1_PDDS | PWR_CR1_LPDS);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set LPDS, MRLVDS and LPLVDS bits according to Regulator value */
|
||||
tmpreg |= Regulator;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the new value */
|
||||
PWR->CR1 = tmpreg;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Event */
|
||||
__SEV();
|
||||
__WFE();
|
||||
__WFE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enters Standby mode.
|
||||
* @note In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
|
||||
* - Reset pad (still available)
|
||||
* - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC
|
||||
* Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out.
|
||||
* - RTC_AF2 pin (PI8) if configured for tamper or time-stamp.
|
||||
* - WKUP pins if enabled.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Select Standby mode */
|
||||
PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_PDDS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
|
||||
|
||||
/* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
|
||||
#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
|
||||
__force_stores();
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
|
||||
* @note This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check PWR Exti flag */
|
||||
if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
|
||||
HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief PWR PVD interrupt callback
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
|
||||
* @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
|
||||
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
|
||||
* Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
|
||||
* interruptions handling.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
|
||||
* @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
|
||||
* re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
|
||||
* @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
|
||||
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables CORTEX M4 SEVONPEND bit.
|
||||
* @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
|
||||
* WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40/Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
Executable
+572
@@ -0,0 +1,572 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief Extended PWR HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of PWR extension peripheral:
|
||||
* + Peripheral Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx
|
||||
* @brief PWR HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup PWREx_Private_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000
|
||||
#define PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000
|
||||
#define PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000
|
||||
#define PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE 1000
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended features functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral Extended features functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral extended features functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
|
||||
*** Main and Backup Regulators configuration ***
|
||||
================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) The backup domain includes 4 Kbytes of backup SRAM accessible only from
|
||||
the CPU, and address in 32-bit, 16-bit or 8-bit mode. Its content is
|
||||
retained even in Standby or VBAT mode when the low power backup regulator
|
||||
is enabled. It can be considered as an internal EEPROM when VBAT is
|
||||
always present. You can use the HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg() function to
|
||||
enable the low power backup regulator.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) When the backup domain is supplied by VDD (analog switch connected to VDD)
|
||||
the backup SRAM is powered from VDD which replaces the VBAT power supply to
|
||||
save battery life.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The backup SRAM is not mass erased by a tamper event. It is read
|
||||
protected to prevent confidential data, such as cryptographic private
|
||||
key, from being accessed. The backup SRAM can be erased only through
|
||||
the Flash interface when a protection level change from level 1 to
|
||||
level 0 is requested.
|
||||
-@- Refer to the description of Read protection (RDP) in the Flash
|
||||
programming manual.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The main internal regulator can be configured to have a tradeoff between
|
||||
performance and power consumption when the device does not operate at
|
||||
the maximum frequency. This is done through __HAL_PWR_MAINREGULATORMODE_CONFIG()
|
||||
macro which configure VOS bit in PWR_CR register
|
||||
|
||||
Refer to the product datasheets for more details.
|
||||
|
||||
*** FLASH Power Down configuration ****
|
||||
=======================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) By setting the FPDS bit in the PWR_CR register by using the
|
||||
HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown() function, the Flash memory also enters power
|
||||
down mode when the device enters Stop mode. When the Flash memory
|
||||
is in power down mode, an additional startup delay is incurred when
|
||||
waking up from Stop mode.
|
||||
|
||||
*** Over-Drive and Under-Drive configuration ****
|
||||
=================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) In Run mode: the main regulator has 2 operating modes available:
|
||||
(++) Normal mode: The CPU and core logic operate at maximum frequency at a given
|
||||
voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3)
|
||||
(++) Over-drive mode: This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a
|
||||
higher frequency than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1,
|
||||
scale 2 or scale 3). This mode is enabled through HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive() function and
|
||||
disabled by HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive() function, to enter or exit from Over-drive mode please follow
|
||||
the sequence described in Reference manual.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) In Stop mode: the main regulator or low power regulator supplies a low power
|
||||
voltage to the 1.2V domain, thus preserving the content of registers
|
||||
and internal SRAM. 2 operating modes are available:
|
||||
(++) Normal mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in nominal leakage mode. This mode is only
|
||||
available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is used in Scale 3 or
|
||||
low voltage mode.
|
||||
(++) Under-drive mode: the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This mode is only
|
||||
available when the main regulator or the low power regulator is in low voltage mode.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables the Backup Regulator.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableBkUpReg(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable Backup regulator */
|
||||
PWR->CSR1 |= PWR_CSR1_BRE;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Workaround for the following hardware bug: */
|
||||
/* Id 19: PWR : No STANDBY wake-up when Back-up RAM enabled (ref. Errata Sheet p23) */
|
||||
PWR->CSR1 |= PWR_CSR1_EIWUP;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get tick */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */
|
||||
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) == RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables the Backup Regulator.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableBkUpReg(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable Backup regulator */
|
||||
PWR->CSR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CSR1_BRE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Workaround for the following hardware bug: */
|
||||
/* Id 19: PWR : No STANDBY wake-up when Back-up RAM enabled (ref. Errata Sheet p23) */
|
||||
PWR->CSR1 |= PWR_CSR1_EIWUP;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get tick */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait till Backup regulator ready flag is set */
|
||||
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_BRR) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_BKPREG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWREx_EnableFlashPowerDown(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable the Flash Power Down */
|
||||
PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_FPDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables the Flash Power Down in Stop mode.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWREx_DisableFlashPowerDown(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the Flash Power Down */
|
||||
PWR->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CR1_FPDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables Main Regulator low voltage mode.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWREx_EnableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable Main regulator low voltage */
|
||||
PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_MRUDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables Main Regulator low voltage mode.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWREx_DisableMainRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable Main regulator low voltage */
|
||||
PWR->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CR1_MRUDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable low power regulator */
|
||||
PWR->CR1 |= PWR_CR1_LPUDS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables Low Power Regulator low voltage mode.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_PWREx_DisableLowRegulatorLowVoltage(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable low power regulator */
|
||||
PWR->CR1 &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)PWR_CR1_LPUDS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Activates the Over-Drive mode.
|
||||
* @note This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency
|
||||
* than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
|
||||
* @note It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running
|
||||
* critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE.
|
||||
* During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled.
|
||||
* The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnableOverDrive(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the Over-drive to extend the clock frequency to 216 MHz */
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get tick */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the Over-drive switch */
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get tick */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
while(!__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Deactivates the Over-Drive mode.
|
||||
* @note This mode allows the CPU and the core logic to operate at a higher frequency
|
||||
* than the normal mode for a given voltage scaling (scale 1, scale 2 or scale 3).
|
||||
* @note It is recommended to enter or exit Over-drive mode when the application is not running
|
||||
* critical tasks and when the system clock source is either HSI or HSE.
|
||||
* During the Over-drive switch activation, no peripheral clocks should be enabled.
|
||||
* The peripheral clocks must be enabled once the Over-drive mode is activated.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableOverDrive(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the Over-drive switch */
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVESWITCHING_DISABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get tick */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODSWRDY))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the Over-drive */
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_OVERDRIVE_DISABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get tick */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_ODRDY))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_OVERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enters in Under-Drive STOP mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This mode can be selected only when the Under-Drive is already active
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note This mode is enabled only with STOP low power mode.
|
||||
* In this mode, the 1.2V domain is preserved in reduced leakage mode. This
|
||||
* mode is only available when the main regulator or the low power regulator
|
||||
* is in low voltage mode
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note If the Under-drive mode was enabled, it is automatically disabled after
|
||||
* exiting Stop mode.
|
||||
* When the voltage regulator operates in Under-drive mode, an additional
|
||||
* startup delay is induced when waking up from Stop mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note When exiting Stop mode by issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event,
|
||||
* the HSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @note When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
|
||||
* startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
|
||||
* By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
|
||||
* is higher although the startup time is reduced.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* @param Regulator: specifies the regulator state in STOP mode.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Main Regulator in under-drive mode
|
||||
* and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
|
||||
* @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE_ON: Low Power Regulator in under-drive mode
|
||||
* and Flash memory in power-down when the device is in Stop under-drive mode
|
||||
* @param STOPEntry: specifies if STOP mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter STOP mode with WFI instruction
|
||||
* @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter STOP mode with WFE instruction
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_EnterUnderDriveSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tempreg = 0;
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_UNDERDRIVE(Regulator));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
/* Enable the Under-drive Mode ---------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Clear Under-drive flag */
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_CLEAR_ODRUDR_FLAG();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the Under-drive */
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_UNDERDRIVE_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get tick */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait for UnderDrive mode is ready */
|
||||
while(__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_UDRDY))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_UDERDRIVE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select the regulator state in STOP mode ---------------------------------*/
|
||||
tempreg = PWR->CR1;
|
||||
/* Clear PDDS, LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits */
|
||||
tempreg &= (uint32_t)~(PWR_CR1_PDDS | PWR_CR1_LPDS | PWR_CR1_LPUDS | PWR_CR1_MRUDS);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set LPDS, MRLUDS and LPLUDS bits according to PWR_Regulator value */
|
||||
tempreg |= Regulator;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Store the new value */
|
||||
PWR->CR1 = tempreg;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SCB->SCR |= SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select STOP mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if(STOPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Interrupt */
|
||||
__WFI();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Request Wait For Event */
|
||||
__WFE();
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
|
||||
SCB->SCR &= (uint32_t)~((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns Voltage Scaling Range.
|
||||
* @retval VOS bit field (PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 or
|
||||
* PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3)PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return (PWR->CR1 & PWR_CR1_VOS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configures the main internal regulator output voltage.
|
||||
* @param VoltageScaling: specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
|
||||
* a tradeoff between performance and power consumption.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output range 1 mode,
|
||||
* typical output voltage at 1.4 V,
|
||||
* system frequency up to 216 MHz.
|
||||
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode,
|
||||
* typical output voltage at 1.2 V,
|
||||
* system frequency up to 180 MHz.
|
||||
* @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output range 2 mode,
|
||||
* typical output voltage at 1.00 V,
|
||||
* system frequency up to 151 MHz.
|
||||
* @note To update the system clock frequency(SYSCLK):
|
||||
* - Set the HSI or HSE as system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
|
||||
* - Call the HAL_RCC_OscConfig() to configure the PLL.
|
||||
* - Call HAL_PWREx_ConfigVoltageScaling() API to adjust the voltage scale.
|
||||
* - Set the new system clock frequency using the HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
|
||||
* @note The scale can be modified only when the HSI or HSE clock source is selected
|
||||
* as system clock source, otherwise the API returns HAL_ERROR.
|
||||
* @note When the PLL is OFF, the voltage scale 3 is automatically selected and the VOS bits
|
||||
* value in the PWR_CR1 register are not taken in account.
|
||||
* @note This API forces the PLL state ON to allow the possibility to configure the voltage scale 1 or 2.
|
||||
* @note The new voltage scale is active only when the PLL is ON.
|
||||
* @retval HAL Status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_ControlVoltageScaling(uint32_t VoltageScaling)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE(VoltageScaling));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable Power ctrl clock */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the PLL is used as system clock or not */
|
||||
if(__HAL_RCC_GET_SYSCLK_SOURCE() != RCC_CFGR_SWS_PLL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the main PLL */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PLL_DISABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Start Tick */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
/* Wait till PLL is disabled */
|
||||
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set Range */
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(VoltageScaling);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the main PLL */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_PLL_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Start Tick */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
/* Wait till PLL is ready */
|
||||
while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_PLLRDY) == RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PLL_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get Start Tick */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
while((__HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_VOSRDY) == RESET))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > PWR_VOSRDY_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+2337
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+1130
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40/Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
Executable
+1602
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+522
@@ -0,0 +1,522 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_rng.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief RNG HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the Random Number Generator (RNG) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization/de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral State functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The RNG HAL driver can be used as follows:
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Enable the RNG controller clock using __HAL_RCC_RNG_CLK_ENABLE() macro
|
||||
in HAL_RNG_MspInit().
|
||||
(#) Activate the RNG peripheral using HAL_RNG_Init() function.
|
||||
(#) Wait until the 32 bit Random Number Generator contains a valid
|
||||
random data using (polling/interrupt) mode.
|
||||
(#) Get the 32 bit random number using HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() function.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RNG
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RNG_Private_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE 2
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions prototypes ----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group1
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Initialize the RNG according to the specified parameters
|
||||
in the RNG_InitTypeDef and create the associated handle
|
||||
(+) DeInitialize the RNG peripheral
|
||||
(+) Initialize the RNG MSP
|
||||
(+) DeInitialize RNG MSP
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the RNG peripheral and creates the associated handle.
|
||||
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for RNG.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_Init(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hrng == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
|
||||
hrng->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Init the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_RNG_MspInit(hrng);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
|
||||
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the RNG Peripheral */
|
||||
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the RNG state */
|
||||
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the RNG peripheral.
|
||||
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for RNG.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the RNG handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hrng == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Disable the RNG Peripheral */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->CR, RNG_CR_IE | RNG_CR_RNGEN);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear RNG interrupt status flags */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(hrng->Instance->SR, RNG_SR_CEIS | RNG_SR_SEIS);
|
||||
|
||||
/* DeInit the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the RNG state */
|
||||
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the RNG MSP.
|
||||
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for RNG.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_RNG_MspInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
|
||||
function HAL_RNG_MspInit must be implemented in the user file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DeInitializes the RNG MSP.
|
||||
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for RNG.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_RNG_MspDeInit(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
|
||||
function HAL_RNG_MspDeInit must be implemented in the user file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group2
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Get the 32 bit Random number
|
||||
(+) Get the 32 bit Random number with interrupt enabled
|
||||
(+) Handle RNG interrupt request
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Generates a 32-bit random number.
|
||||
* @note Each time the random number data is read the RNG_FLAG_DRDY flag
|
||||
* is automatically cleared.
|
||||
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for RNG.
|
||||
* @param random32bit: pointer to generated random number variable if successful.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t *random32bit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tickstart = 0;
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
|
||||
if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
|
||||
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get tick */
|
||||
tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if data register contains valid random data */
|
||||
while(__HAL_RNG_GET_FLAG(hrng, RNG_FLAG_DRDY) == RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RNG_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get a 32bit Random number */
|
||||
hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
|
||||
*random32bit = hrng->RandomNumber;
|
||||
|
||||
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Generates a 32-bit random number in interrupt mode.
|
||||
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for RNG.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check RNG peripheral state */
|
||||
if(hrng->State == HAL_RNG_STATE_READY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
|
||||
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
|
||||
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
status = HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Handles RNG interrupt request.
|
||||
* @note In the case of a clock error, the RNG is no more able to generate
|
||||
* random numbers because the PLL48CLK clock is not correct. User has
|
||||
* to check that the clock controller is correctly configured to provide
|
||||
* the RNG clock and clear the CEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT().
|
||||
* The clock error has no impact on the previously generated
|
||||
* random numbers, and the RNG_DR register contents can be used.
|
||||
* @note In the case of a seed error, the generation of random numbers is
|
||||
* interrupted as long as the SECS bit is '1'. If a number is
|
||||
* available in the RNG_DR register, it must not be used because it may
|
||||
* not have enough entropy. In this case, it is recommended to clear the
|
||||
* SEIS bit using __HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(), then disable and enable
|
||||
* the RNG peripheral to reinitialize and restart the RNG.
|
||||
* @note User-written HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback() API is called once whether SEIS
|
||||
* or CEIS are set.
|
||||
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for RNG.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_RNG_IRQHandler(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* RNG clock error interrupt occurred */
|
||||
if((__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI) != RESET) || (__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_SEI) != RESET))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
|
||||
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the clock error flag */
|
||||
__HAL_RNG_CLEAR_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_CEI|RNG_IT_SEI);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check RNG data ready interrupt occurred */
|
||||
if(__HAL_RNG_GET_IT(hrng, RNG_IT_DRDY) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Generate random number once, so disable the IT */
|
||||
__HAL_RNG_DISABLE_IT(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the 32bit Random number (DRDY flag automatically cleared) */
|
||||
hrng->RandomNumber = hrng->Instance->DR;
|
||||
|
||||
if(hrng->State != HAL_RNG_STATE_ERROR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
|
||||
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Data Ready callback */
|
||||
HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(hrng, hrng->RandomNumber);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns generated random number in polling mode (Obsolete)
|
||||
* Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber() API instead.
|
||||
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for RNG.
|
||||
* @retval Random value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber(hrng, &(hrng->RandomNumber)) == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hrng->RandomNumber;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
return 0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns a 32-bit random number with interrupt enabled (Obsolete),
|
||||
* Use HAL_RNG_GenerateRandomNumber_IT() API instead.
|
||||
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for RNG.
|
||||
* @retval 32-bit random number
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_RNG_GetRandomNumber_IT(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t random32bit = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Change RNG peripheral state */
|
||||
hrng->State = HAL_RNG_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get a 32bit Random number */
|
||||
random32bit = hrng->Instance->DR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the RNG Interrupts: Data Ready, Clock error, Seed error */
|
||||
__HAL_RNG_ENABLE_IT(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return the 32 bit random number */
|
||||
return random32bit;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Read latest generated random number.
|
||||
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for RNG.
|
||||
* @retval random value
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_RNG_ReadLastRandomNumber(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return(hrng->RandomNumber);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Data Ready callback in non-blocking mode.
|
||||
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for RNG.
|
||||
* @param random32bit: generated random number.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng, uint32_t random32bit)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
|
||||
function HAL_RNG_ReadyDataCallback must be implemented in the user file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief RNG error callbacks.
|
||||
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for RNG.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hrng);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function should not be modified. When the callback is needed,
|
||||
function HAL_RNG_ErrorCallback must be implemented in the user file.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RNG_Exported_Functions_Group3
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral State functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral State functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the peripheral
|
||||
and the data flow.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the RNG state.
|
||||
* @param hrng: pointer to a RNG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for RNG.
|
||||
* @retval HAL state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_RNG_StateTypeDef HAL_RNG_GetState(RNG_HandleTypeDef *hrng)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hrng->State;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_RNG_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+1567
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40/Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_rtc_ex.c
Executable
+1853
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+2184
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40/Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_sai_ex.c
Executable
+52
@@ -0,0 +1,52 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_sai_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief Empty file; This file is no longer used to set synchronization and
|
||||
* to get SAI block frequency. Its content is now moved to common files
|
||||
* (stm32f7xx_hal_sai.c/.h) as there's no device's dependency within F7
|
||||
* family. It's just kept for compatibility reasons.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+2913
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+859
@@ -0,0 +1,859 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_sdram.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief SDRAM HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides a generic firmware to drive SDRAM memories mounted
|
||||
* as external device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
|
||||
control SDRAM memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface
|
||||
with SDRAM devices.
|
||||
The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface
|
||||
with SDRAM memories:
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Declare a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
|
||||
SDRAM_HandleTypeDef hdsram
|
||||
|
||||
(++) Fill the SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed
|
||||
values of the structure member.
|
||||
|
||||
(++) Fill the SDRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined
|
||||
base register instance for NOR or SDRAM device
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Declare a FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef structure; for example:
|
||||
FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef Timing;
|
||||
and fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Initialize the SDRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SDRAM_Init(). This function
|
||||
performs the following sequence:
|
||||
|
||||
(##) MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SDRAM_MspInit()
|
||||
(##) Control register configuration using the FMC SDRAM interface function
|
||||
FMC_SDRAM_Init()
|
||||
(##) Timing register configuration using the FMC SDRAM interface function
|
||||
FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init()
|
||||
(##) Program the SDRAM external device by applying its initialization sequence
|
||||
according to the device plugged in your hardware. This step is mandatory
|
||||
for accessing the SDRAM device.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected
|
||||
to the SDRAM Bank. You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the
|
||||
following APIs:
|
||||
(++) HAL_SDRAM_Read()/HAL_SDRAM_Write() for polling read/write access
|
||||
(++) HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer
|
||||
|
||||
(#) You can also control the SDRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/
|
||||
HAL_SDRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SDRAM write operation or
|
||||
the function HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand() to send a specified command to the SDRAM
|
||||
device. The command to be sent must be configured with the FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef
|
||||
structure.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) You can continuously monitor the SDRAM device HAL state by calling the function
|
||||
HAL_SDRAM_GetState()
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SDRAM SDRAM
|
||||
* @brief SDRAM driver modules
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions SDRAM Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### SDRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
|
||||
the SDRAM memory
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Performs the SDRAM device initialization sequence.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @param Timing: Pointer to SDRAM control timing structure
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Init(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, FMC_SDRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the SDRAM handle parameter */
|
||||
if(hsdram == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
|
||||
hsdram->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
|
||||
/* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
|
||||
HAL_SDRAM_MspInit(hsdram);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize SDRAM control Interface */
|
||||
FMC_SDRAM_Init(hsdram->Instance, &(hsdram->Init));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize SDRAM timing Interface */
|
||||
FMC_SDRAM_Timing_Init(hsdram->Instance, Timing, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Perform the SDRAM device initialization sequence.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_DeInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
|
||||
HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the SDRAM registers with their reset values */
|
||||
FMC_SDRAM_DeInit(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief SDRAM MSP Init.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_MspInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_SDRAM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief SDRAM MSP DeInit.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_SDRAM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles SDRAM refresh error interrupt request.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SDRAM_IRQHandler(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check SDRAM interrupt Rising edge flag */
|
||||
if(__FMC_SDRAM_GET_FLAG(hsdram->Instance, FMC_SDRAM_FLAG_REFRESH_IT))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* SDRAM refresh error interrupt callback */
|
||||
HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear SDRAM refresh error interrupt pending bit */
|
||||
__FMC_SDRAM_CLEAR_FLAG(hsdram->Instance, FMC_SDRAM_FLAG_REFRESH_ERROR);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief SDRAM Refresh error callback.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_SDRAM_RefreshErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA transfer complete callback.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified DMA module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA transfer complete error callback.
|
||||
* @param hdma: DMA handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE: This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output functions
|
||||
* @brief Input Output and memory control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### SDRAM Input and Output functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SDRAM memory
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reads 8-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
|
||||
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_8b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint8_t *pSdramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read data from source */
|
||||
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint8_t *)pSdramAddress;
|
||||
pDstBuffer++;
|
||||
pSdramAddress++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Writes 8-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
|
||||
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_8b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint8_t *pSdramAddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
tmp = hsdram->State;
|
||||
|
||||
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write data to memory */
|
||||
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(__IO uint8_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
|
||||
pSrcBuffer++;
|
||||
pSdramAddress++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reads 16-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
|
||||
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_16b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint16_t *pSdramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read data from source */
|
||||
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint16_t *)pSdramAddress;
|
||||
pDstBuffer++;
|
||||
pSdramAddress++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Writes 16-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
|
||||
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_16b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint16_t *pSdramAddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
tmp = hsdram->State;
|
||||
|
||||
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write data to memory */
|
||||
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(__IO uint16_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
|
||||
pSrcBuffer++;
|
||||
pSdramAddress++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reads 32-bit data buffer from the SDRAM memory.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
|
||||
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_32b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t *pSdramAddress = (uint32_t *)pAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read data from source */
|
||||
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint32_t *)pSdramAddress;
|
||||
pDstBuffer++;
|
||||
pSdramAddress++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Writes 32-bit data buffer to SDRAM memory.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
|
||||
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_32b(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t *pSdramAddress = (uint32_t *)pAddress;
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
tmp = hsdram->State;
|
||||
|
||||
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write data to memory */
|
||||
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *)pSdramAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
|
||||
pSrcBuffer++;
|
||||
pSdramAddress++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reads a Words data from the SDRAM memory using DMA transfer.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
|
||||
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Read_DMA(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
tmp = hsdram->State;
|
||||
|
||||
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure DMA user callbacks */
|
||||
hsdram->hdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
|
||||
hsdram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsdram->hdma, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)pDstBuffer, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Writes a Words data buffer to SDRAM memory using DMA transfer.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
|
||||
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_Write_DMA(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
tmp = hsdram->State;
|
||||
|
||||
if(tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED) || (tmp == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure DMA user callbacks */
|
||||
hsdram->hdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
|
||||
hsdram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SDRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsdram->hdma, (uint32_t)pSrcBuffer, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsdram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions
|
||||
* @brief management functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### SDRAM Control functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
|
||||
the SDRAM interface.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables dynamically SDRAM write protection.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SDRAM state */
|
||||
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable write protection */
|
||||
FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Enable(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SDRAM state */
|
||||
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_WRITE_PROTECTED;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables dynamically SDRAM write protection.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SDRAM state */
|
||||
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable write protection */
|
||||
FMC_SDRAM_WriteProtection_Disable(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SDRAM state */
|
||||
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sends Command to the SDRAM bank.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @param Command: SDRAM command structure
|
||||
* @param Timeout: Timeout duration
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_SendCommand(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, FMC_SDRAM_CommandTypeDef *Command, uint32_t Timeout)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SDRAM state */
|
||||
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Send SDRAM command */
|
||||
FMC_SDRAM_SendCommand(hsdram->Instance, Command, Timeout);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SDRAM controller state state */
|
||||
if(Command->CommandMode == FMC_SDRAM_CMD_PALL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_PRECHARGED;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Programs the SDRAM Memory Refresh rate.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @param RefreshRate: The SDRAM refresh rate value
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t RefreshRate)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SDRAM state */
|
||||
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Program the refresh rate */
|
||||
FMC_SDRAM_ProgramRefreshRate(hsdram->Instance ,RefreshRate);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SDRAM state */
|
||||
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Sets the Number of consecutive SDRAM Memory auto Refresh commands.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @param AutoRefreshNumber: The SDRAM auto Refresh number
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram, uint32_t AutoRefreshNumber)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the SDRAM controller state */
|
||||
if(hsdram->State == HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_BUSY;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SDRAM state */
|
||||
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the Auto-Refresh number */
|
||||
FMC_SDRAM_SetAutoRefreshNumber(hsdram->Instance ,AutoRefreshNumber);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SDRAM state */
|
||||
hsdram->State = HAL_SDRAM_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the SDRAM memory current mode.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval The SDRAM memory mode.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t HAL_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Return the SDRAM memory current mode */
|
||||
return(FMC_SDRAM_GetModeStatus(hsdram->Instance, hsdram->Init.SDBank));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SDRAM_Exported_Functions_Group4 State functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral State functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### SDRAM State functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SDRAM controller
|
||||
and the data flow.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the SDRAM state.
|
||||
* @param hsdram: pointer to a SDRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SDRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_SDRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SDRAM_GetState(SDRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsdram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hsdram->State;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_SDRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
+2282
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
+184
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_smartcard_ex.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief SMARTCARD HAL module driver.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file provides extended firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the SmartCard.
|
||||
* + Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* + Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
The Extended SMARTCARD HAL driver can be used as follow:
|
||||
|
||||
(#) After having configured the SMARTCARD basic features with HAL_SMARTCARD_Init(),
|
||||
then if required, program SMARTCARD advanced features (TX/RX pins swap, TimeOut,
|
||||
auto-retry counter,...) in the hsc AdvancedInit structure.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx SMARTCARDEx
|
||||
* @brief SMARTCARD Extended HAL module driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Exported_Functions SMARTCARDEx Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SMARTCARDEx_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Extended control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### Peripheral Control functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to initialize the SMARTCARD.
|
||||
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config() API allows to configure the Block Length on the fly
|
||||
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config() API allows to configure the receiver timeout value on the fly
|
||||
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut() API enables the receiver timeout feature
|
||||
(+) HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut() API disables the receiver timeout feature
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Update on the fly the SMARTCARD block length in RTOR register
|
||||
* @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
|
||||
* @param BlockLength: SMARTCARD block length (8-bit long at most)
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_BlockLength_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint8_t BlockLength)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_BLEN, ((uint32_t)BlockLength << SMARTCARD_RTOR_BLEN_LSB_POS));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Update on the fly the receiver timeout value in RTOR register
|
||||
* @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
|
||||
* @param TimeOutValue: receiver timeout value in number of baud blocks. The timeout
|
||||
* value must be less or equal to 0x0FFFFFFFF.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SMARTCARDEx_TimeOut_Config(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc, uint32_t TimeOutValue)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SMARTCARD_TIMEOUT_VALUE(hsc->Init.TimeOutValue));
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(hsc->Instance->RTOR, USART_RTOR_RTO, TimeOutValue);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature
|
||||
* @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_EnableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsc);
|
||||
|
||||
hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the USART RTOEN bit */
|
||||
hsc->Instance->CR2 |= USART_CR2_RTOEN;
|
||||
|
||||
hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disable the SMARTCARD receiver timeout feature
|
||||
* @param hsc: SMARTCARD handle
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SMARTCARDEx_DisableReceiverTimeOut(SMARTCARD_HandleTypeDef *hsc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsc);
|
||||
|
||||
hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the USART RTOEN bit */
|
||||
hsc->Instance->CR2 &= ~(USART_CR2_RTOEN);
|
||||
|
||||
hsc->gState = HAL_SMARTCARD_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsc);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+2053
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
+1258
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+3739
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+690
@@ -0,0 +1,690 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_sram.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief SRAM HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides a generic firmware to drive SRAM memories
|
||||
* mounted as external device.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This driver is a generic layered driver which contains a set of APIs used to
|
||||
control SRAM memories. It uses the FMC layer functions to interface
|
||||
with SRAM devices.
|
||||
The following sequence should be followed to configure the FMC to interface
|
||||
with SRAM/PSRAM memories:
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Declare a SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle structure, for example:
|
||||
SRAM_HandleTypeDef hsram; and:
|
||||
|
||||
(++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Init" field with the allowed
|
||||
values of the structure member.
|
||||
|
||||
(++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Instance" field with a predefined
|
||||
base register instance for NOR or SRAM device
|
||||
|
||||
(++) Fill the SRAM_HandleTypeDef handle "Extended" field with a predefined
|
||||
base register instance for NOR or SRAM extended mode
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Declare two FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef structures, for both normal and extended
|
||||
mode timings; for example:
|
||||
FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef Timing and FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef ExTiming;
|
||||
and fill its fields with the allowed values of the structure member.
|
||||
|
||||
(#) Initialize the SRAM Controller by calling the function HAL_SRAM_Init(). This function
|
||||
performs the following sequence:
|
||||
|
||||
(##) MSP hardware layer configuration using the function HAL_SRAM_MspInit()
|
||||
(##) Control register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
|
||||
FMC_NORSRAM_Init()
|
||||
(##) Timing register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
|
||||
FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init()
|
||||
(##) Extended mode Timing register configuration using the FMC NORSRAM interface function
|
||||
FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init()
|
||||
(##) Enable the SRAM device using the macro __FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE()
|
||||
|
||||
(#) At this stage you can perform read/write accesses from/to the memory connected
|
||||
to the NOR/SRAM Bank. You can perform either polling or DMA transfer using the
|
||||
following APIs:
|
||||
(++) HAL_SRAM_Read()/HAL_SRAM_Write() for polling read/write access
|
||||
(++) HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA()/HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA() for DMA read/write transfer
|
||||
|
||||
(#) You can also control the SRAM device by calling the control APIs HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable()/
|
||||
HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable() to respectively enable/disable the SRAM write operation
|
||||
|
||||
(#) You can continuously monitor the SRAM device HAL state by calling the function
|
||||
HAL_SRAM_GetState()
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SRAM SRAM
|
||||
* @brief SRAM driver modules
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions SRAM Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### SRAM Initialization and de_initialization functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..] This section provides functions allowing to initialize/de-initialize
|
||||
the SRAM memory
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Performs the SRAM device initialization sequence
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @param Timing: Pointer to SRAM control timing structure
|
||||
* @param ExtTiming: Pointer to SRAM extended mode timing structure
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Init(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *Timing, FMC_NORSRAM_TimingTypeDef *ExtTiming)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the SRAM handle parameter */
|
||||
if(hsram == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
|
||||
hsram->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
|
||||
/* Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
|
||||
HAL_SRAM_MspInit(hsram);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize SRAM control Interface */
|
||||
FMC_NORSRAM_Init(hsram->Instance, &(hsram->Init));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize SRAM timing Interface */
|
||||
FMC_NORSRAM_Timing_Init(hsram->Instance, Timing, hsram->Init.NSBank);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize SRAM extended mode timing Interface */
|
||||
FMC_NORSRAM_Extended_Timing_Init(hsram->Extended, ExtTiming, hsram->Init.NSBank, hsram->Init.ExtendedMode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the NORSRAM device */
|
||||
__FMC_NORSRAM_ENABLE(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Performs the SRAM device De-initialization sequence.
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_DeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* De-Initialize the low level hardware (MSP) */
|
||||
HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the SRAM registers with their reset values */
|
||||
FMC_NORSRAM_DeInit(hsram->Instance, hsram->Extended, hsram->Init.NSBank);
|
||||
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_RESET;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release Lock */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief SRAM MSP Init.
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_SRAM_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief SRAM MSP DeInit.
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_SRAM_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA transfer complete callback.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief DMA transfer complete error callback.
|
||||
* @param hdma: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hdma);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input Output and memory control functions
|
||||
* @brief Input Output and memory control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### SRAM Input and Output functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides functions allowing to use and control the SRAM memory
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reads 8-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
|
||||
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint8_t * psramaddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read data from memory */
|
||||
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint8_t *)psramaddress;
|
||||
pDstBuffer++;
|
||||
psramaddress++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Writes 8-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
|
||||
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_8b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint8_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint8_t * psramaddress = (uint8_t *)pAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write data to memory */
|
||||
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(__IO uint8_t *)psramaddress = *pSrcBuffer;
|
||||
pSrcBuffer++;
|
||||
psramaddress++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reads 16-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
|
||||
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint16_t * psramaddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read data from memory */
|
||||
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint16_t *)psramaddress;
|
||||
pDstBuffer++;
|
||||
psramaddress++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Writes 16-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
|
||||
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_16b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint16_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint16_t * psramaddress = (uint16_t *)pAddress;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write data to memory */
|
||||
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(__IO uint16_t *)psramaddress = *pSrcBuffer;
|
||||
pSrcBuffer++;
|
||||
psramaddress++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reads 32-bit buffer from SRAM memory.
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
|
||||
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Read data from memory */
|
||||
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*pDstBuffer = *(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress;
|
||||
pDstBuffer++;
|
||||
pAddress++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Writes 32-bit buffer to SRAM memory.
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
|
||||
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_32b(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write data to memory */
|
||||
for(; BufferSize != 0; BufferSize--)
|
||||
{
|
||||
*(__IO uint32_t *)pAddress = *pSrcBuffer;
|
||||
pSrcBuffer++;
|
||||
pAddress++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Reads a Words data from the SRAM memory using DMA transfer.
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to read start address
|
||||
* @param pDstBuffer: Pointer to destination buffer
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to read from memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Read_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pDstBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure DMA user callbacks */
|
||||
hsram->hdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
|
||||
hsram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsram->hdma, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)pDstBuffer, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Writes a Words data buffer to SRAM memory using DMA transfer.
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @param pAddress: Pointer to write start address
|
||||
* @param pSrcBuffer: Pointer to source buffer to write
|
||||
* @param BufferSize: Size of the buffer to write to memory
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_Write_DMA(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram, uint32_t *pAddress, uint32_t *pSrcBuffer, uint32_t BufferSize)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
if(hsram->State == HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure DMA user callbacks */
|
||||
hsram->hdma->XferCpltCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferCpltCallback;
|
||||
hsram->hdma->XferErrorCallback = HAL_SRAM_DMA_XferErrorCallback;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the DMA Stream */
|
||||
HAL_DMA_Start_IT(hsram->hdma, (uint32_t)pSrcBuffer, (uint32_t)pAddress, (uint32_t)BufferSize);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group3 Control functions
|
||||
* @brief Control functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### SRAM Control functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control dynamically
|
||||
the SRAM interface.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enables dynamically SRAM write operation.
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable write operation */
|
||||
FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Enable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_READY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Disables dynamically SRAM write operation.
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Process Locked */
|
||||
__HAL_LOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_BUSY;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable write operation */
|
||||
FMC_NORSRAM_WriteOperation_Disable(hsram->Instance, hsram->Init.NSBank);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update the SRAM controller state */
|
||||
hsram->State = HAL_SRAM_STATE_PROTECTED;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Process unlocked */
|
||||
__HAL_UNLOCK(hsram);
|
||||
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup SRAM_Exported_Functions_Group4 Peripheral State functions
|
||||
* @brief Peripheral State functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### SRAM State functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This subsection permits to get in run-time the status of the SRAM controller
|
||||
and the data flow.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Returns the SRAM controller state
|
||||
* @param hsram: pointer to a SRAM_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for SRAM module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL state
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_SRAM_StateTypeDef HAL_SRAM_GetState(SRAM_HandleTypeDef *hsram)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return hsram->State;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+5534
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
UHSDR-active-devel/mchf-eclipse/basesw/ovi40/Drivers/STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32f7xx_hal_tim_ex.c
Executable
+2565
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
+314
@@ -0,0 +1,314 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm_template.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_ALARM Template.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file override the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
|
||||
* to use the RTC ALARM for time base generation:
|
||||
* + Intializes the RTC peripheral to increment the seconds registers each 1ms
|
||||
* + The alarm is configured to assert an interrupt when the RTC reaches 1ms
|
||||
* + HAL_IncTick is called at each Alarm event and the time is reset to 00:00:00
|
||||
* + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
|
||||
(#) Rename it to 'stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_rtc_alarm.c'
|
||||
(#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
|
||||
HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(@) HAL RTC alarm and HAL RTC wakeup drivers can’t be used with low power modes:
|
||||
The wake up capability of the RTC may be intrusive in case of prior low power mode
|
||||
configuration requiring different wake up sources.
|
||||
Application/Example behavior is no more guaranteed
|
||||
(@) The stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_tim use is recommended for the Applications/Examples
|
||||
requiring low power modes
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_Alarm_Template HAL TimeBase RTC Alarm Template
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application:
|
||||
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision.
|
||||
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
|
||||
precision.
|
||||
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
|
||||
precision.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE
|
||||
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
|
||||
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE
|
||||
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 99U
|
||||
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 9U
|
||||
#define RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_1MHZ ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL | (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE/1000000U) << 16U)))
|
||||
#else /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE || RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
|
||||
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0U
|
||||
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 31U
|
||||
#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
RTC_HandleTypeDef hRTC_Handle;
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void);
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function configures the RTC_ALARMA as a time base source.
|
||||
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
|
||||
* Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
|
||||
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
|
||||
* @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct;
|
||||
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef PeriphClkInitStruct;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
|
||||
/* Configue LSE as RTC clock soucre */
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE;
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
|
||||
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE;
|
||||
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
|
||||
/* Configue LSI as RTC clock soucre */
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
|
||||
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI;
|
||||
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
|
||||
/* Configue HSE as RTC clock soucre */
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
|
||||
/* Ensure that RTC is clocked by 1MHz */
|
||||
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_1MHZ;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error Please select the RTC Clock source
|
||||
#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
|
||||
|
||||
if(HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
|
||||
if(HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct) == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable RTC Clock */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE();
|
||||
/* The time base should be 1ms
|
||||
Time base = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1)) / RTC_CLOCK
|
||||
HSE as RTC clock
|
||||
Time base = ((99 + 1) * (9 + 1)) / 1MHz
|
||||
= 1ms
|
||||
LSE as RTC clock
|
||||
Time base = ((31 + 1) * (0 + 1)) / 32.768KHz
|
||||
= ~1ms
|
||||
LSI as RTC clock
|
||||
Time base = ((31 + 1) * (0 + 1)) / 32KHz
|
||||
= 1ms
|
||||
*/
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC;
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Init.HourFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT_24;
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv = RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV;
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Init.SynchPrediv = RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV;
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutPolarity = RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH;
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutType = RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN;
|
||||
HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the Alarm A interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_ALARMA_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear flag alarm A */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAF);
|
||||
|
||||
counter = 0U;
|
||||
/* Wait till RTC ALRAWF flag is set and if Time out is reached exit */
|
||||
while(__HAL_RTC_ALARM_GET_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_ALRAWF) == RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(counter++ == (SystemCoreClock /48U)) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Instance->ALRMAR = (uint32_t)0x01U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the Alarm state: Enable Alarm */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_ALARMA_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
/* Configure the Alarm interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
|
||||
|
||||
/* RTC Alarm Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
|
||||
if((hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the Initialization mode */
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK;
|
||||
counter = 0U;
|
||||
while((hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(counter++ == (SystemCoreClock /48U)) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Instance->DR = 0U;
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Instance->TR = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_Alarm_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_Alarm_IRQn);
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
|
||||
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC ALARM interrupt.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
/* Disable RTC ALARM update Interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
|
||||
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
|
||||
* @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC ALARM interrupt.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
/* Enable RTC ALARM Update interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_ALARM_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_ALRA);
|
||||
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief ALARM A Event Callback in non blocking mode
|
||||
* @note This function is called when RTC_ALARM interrupt took place, inside
|
||||
* RTC_ALARM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
|
||||
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
|
||||
* @param hrtc : RTC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_RTC_AlarmAEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_IncTick();
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(hrtc);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set the Initialization mode */
|
||||
hrtc->Instance->ISR = (uint32_t)RTC_INIT_MASK;
|
||||
|
||||
while((hrtc->Instance->ISR & RTC_ISR_INITF) == (uint32_t)RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(counter++ == (SystemCoreClock /48U)) /* Timeout = ~ 1s */
|
||||
{
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
hrtc->Instance->DR = 0U;
|
||||
hrtc->Instance->TR = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
hrtc->Instance->ISR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_ISR_INIT;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(hrtc);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles RTC ALARM interrupt request.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void RTC_Alarm_IRQHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_RTC_AlarmIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
+293
@@ -0,0 +1,293 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup_template.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware RTC_WAKEUP Template.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
|
||||
* to use the RTC WAKEUP for the time base generation:
|
||||
* + Intializes the RTC peripheral and configures the wakeup timer to be
|
||||
* incremented each 1ms
|
||||
* + The wakeup feature is configured to assert an interrupt each 1ms
|
||||
* + HAL_IncTick is called inside the HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback
|
||||
* + HSE (default), LSE or LSI can be selected as RTC clock source
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This file must be copied to the application folder and modified as follows:
|
||||
(#) Rename it to 'stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_rtc_wakeup.c'
|
||||
(#) Add this file and the RTC HAL drivers to your project and uncomment
|
||||
HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED define in stm32f7xx_hal_conf.h
|
||||
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(@) HAL RTC alarm and HAL RTC wakeup drivers can’t be used with low power modes:
|
||||
The wake up capability of the RTC may be intrusive in case of prior low power mode
|
||||
configuration requiring different wake up sources.
|
||||
Application/Example behavior is no more guaranteed
|
||||
(@) The stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_tim use is recommended for the Applications/Examples
|
||||
requiring low power modes
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup HAL_TimeBase_RTC_WakeUp_Template HAL TimeBase RTC WakeUp Template
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Uncomment the line below to select the appropriate RTC Clock source for your application:
|
||||
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE: can be selected for applications requiring timing precision.
|
||||
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
|
||||
precision.
|
||||
+ RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI: can be selected for applications with low constraint on timing
|
||||
precision.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE
|
||||
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
|
||||
/* #define RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE
|
||||
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 99U
|
||||
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 9U
|
||||
#define RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_1MHZ ((uint32_t)((uint32_t)RCC_BDCR_RTCSEL | (uint32_t)((HSE_VALUE/1000000U) << 16U)))
|
||||
#else /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE || RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI */
|
||||
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV 0U
|
||||
#define RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV 31U
|
||||
#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
RTC_HandleTypeDef hRTC_Handle;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
void RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler(void);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function configures the RTC_WKUP as a time base source.
|
||||
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
|
||||
* Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
* Wakeup Time base = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1)) / RTC_CLOCK
|
||||
= 1ms
|
||||
* Wakeup Time = WakeupTimebase * WakeUpCounter (0 + 1)
|
||||
= 1 ms
|
||||
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
|
||||
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
|
||||
* @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t counter = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct;
|
||||
RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef PeriphClkInitStruct;
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE
|
||||
/* Configue LSE as RTC clock soucre */
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSE;
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSEState = RCC_LSE_ON;
|
||||
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE;
|
||||
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSI)
|
||||
/* Configue LSI as RTC clock soucre */
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_LSI;
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.LSIState = RCC_LSI_ON;
|
||||
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI;
|
||||
#elif defined (RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_HSE)
|
||||
/* Configue HSE as RTC clock soucre */
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSE;
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_NONE;
|
||||
RCC_OscInitStruct.HSEState = RCC_HSE_ON;
|
||||
/* Ensure that RTC is clocked by 1MHz */
|
||||
PeriphClkInitStruct.RTCClockSelection = RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_1MHZ;
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#error Please select the RTC Clock source
|
||||
#endif /* RTC_CLOCK_SOURCE_LSE */
|
||||
|
||||
if(HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
PeriphClkInitStruct.PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
|
||||
if(HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(&PeriphClkInitStruct) == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable RTC Clock */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_RTC_ENABLE();
|
||||
/* The time base should be 1ms
|
||||
Time base = ((RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV + 1) * (RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV + 1)) / RTC_CLOCK
|
||||
HSE as RTC clock
|
||||
Time base = ((99 + 1) * (9 + 1)) / 1Mhz
|
||||
= 1ms
|
||||
LSE as RTC clock
|
||||
Time base = ((31 + 1) * (0 + 1)) / 32.768Khz
|
||||
= ~1ms
|
||||
LSI as RTC clock
|
||||
Time base = ((31 + 1) * (0 + 1)) / 32Khz
|
||||
= 1ms
|
||||
*/
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Instance = RTC;
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Init.HourFormat = RTC_HOURFORMAT_24;
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Init.AsynchPrediv = RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV;
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Init.SynchPrediv = RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV;
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPut = RTC_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutPolarity = RTC_OUTPUT_POLARITY_HIGH;
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Init.OutPutType = RTC_OUTPUT_TYPE_OPENDRAIN;
|
||||
HAL_RTC_Init(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the Wake-up Timer */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
|
||||
/* In case of interrupt mode is used, the interrupt source must disabled */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle,RTC_IT_WUT);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait till RTC WUTWF flag is set */
|
||||
while(__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_GET_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_WUTWF) == RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(counter++ == (SystemCoreClock /48U))
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear PWR wake up Flag */
|
||||
__HAL_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(PWR_FLAG_WU);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear RTC Wake Up timer Flag */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_CLEAR_FLAG(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_FLAG_WUTF);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the Wake-up Timer counter */
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Instance->WUTR = (uint32_t)0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear the Wake-up Timer clock source bits in CR register */
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Instance->CR &= (uint32_t)~RTC_CR_WUCKSEL;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the clock source */
|
||||
hRTC_Handle.Instance->CR |= (uint32_t)RTC_WAKEUPCLOCK_CK_SPRE_16BITS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* RTC WakeUpTimer Interrupt Configuration: EXTI configuration */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
|
||||
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the Interrupt in the RTC_CR register */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle,RTC_IT_WUT);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the Wake-up Timer */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(RTC_WKUP_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(RTC_WKUP_IRQn);
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
|
||||
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling RTC_WKUP interrupt.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
/* Disable WAKE UP TIMER Interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_DISABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
|
||||
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
|
||||
* @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling RTC_WKUP interrupt.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_DISABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
/* Enable WAKE UP TIMER interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WAKEUPTIMER_ENABLE_IT(&hRTC_Handle, RTC_IT_WUT);
|
||||
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
__HAL_RTC_WRITEPROTECTION_ENABLE(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Wake Up Timer Event Callback in non blocking mode
|
||||
* @note This function is called when RTC_WKUP interrupt took place, inside
|
||||
* RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
|
||||
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
|
||||
* @param hrtc : RTC handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerEventCallback(RTC_HandleTypeDef *hrtc)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_IncTick();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles WAKE UP TIMER interrupt request.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void RTC_WKUP_IRQHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_RTCEx_WakeUpTimerIRQHandler(&hRTC_Handle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
+184
@@ -0,0 +1,184 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_timebase_tim_template.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief HAL time base based on the hardware TIM Template.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* This file overrides the native HAL time base functions (defined as weak)
|
||||
* the TIM time base:
|
||||
* + Intializes the TIM peripheral generate a Period elapsed Event each 1ms
|
||||
* + HAL_IncTick is called inside HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback ie each 1ms
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup HAL_TimeBase
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
TIM_HandleTypeDef TimHandle;
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
void TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler(void);
|
||||
/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function configures the TIM6 as a time base source.
|
||||
* The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
|
||||
* Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
* @note This function is called automatically at the beginning of program after
|
||||
* reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
|
||||
* @param TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick (uint32_t TickPriority)
|
||||
{
|
||||
RCC_ClkInitTypeDef clkconfig;
|
||||
uint32_t uwTimclock, uwAPB1Prescaler = 0U;
|
||||
uint32_t uwPrescalerValue = 0U;
|
||||
uint32_t pFLatency;
|
||||
|
||||
/*Configure the TIM6 IRQ priority */
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM6_DAC_IRQn, TickPriority ,0U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the TIM6 global Interrupt */
|
||||
HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM6_DAC_IRQn);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable TIM6 clock */
|
||||
__HAL_RCC_TIM6_CLK_ENABLE();
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get clock configuration */
|
||||
HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(&clkconfig, &pFLatency);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get APB1 prescaler */
|
||||
uwAPB1Prescaler = clkconfig.APB1CLKDivider;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute TIM6 clock */
|
||||
if (uwAPB1Prescaler == RCC_HCLK_DIV1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uwTimclock = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
uwTimclock = 2*HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute the prescaler value to have TIM6 counter clock equal to 1MHz */
|
||||
uwPrescalerValue = (uint32_t) ((uwTimclock / 1000000U) - 1U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize TIM6 */
|
||||
TimHandle.Instance = TIM6;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Initialize TIMx peripheral as follow:
|
||||
+ Period = [(TIM6CLK/1000) - 1]. to have a (1/1000) s time base.
|
||||
+ Prescaler = (uwTimclock/1000000 - 1) to have a 1MHz counter clock.
|
||||
+ ClockDivision = 0
|
||||
+ Counter direction = Up
|
||||
*/
|
||||
TimHandle.Init.Period = (1000000U / 1000U) - 1U;
|
||||
TimHandle.Init.Prescaler = uwPrescalerValue;
|
||||
TimHandle.Init.ClockDivision = 0;
|
||||
TimHandle.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP;
|
||||
TimHandle.Init.AutoReloadPreload = TIM_AUTORELOAD_PRELOAD_DISABLE;
|
||||
if(HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&TimHandle) == HAL_OK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Start the TIM time Base generation in interrupt mode */
|
||||
return HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&TimHandle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Suspend Tick increment.
|
||||
* @note Disable the tick increment by disabling TIM6 update interrupt.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable TIM6 update Interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Resume Tick increment.
|
||||
* @note Enable the tick increment by Enabling TIM6 update interrupt.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable TIM6 Update interrupt */
|
||||
__HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(&TimHandle, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode
|
||||
* @note This function is called when TIM6 interrupt took place, inside
|
||||
* HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
|
||||
* a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
|
||||
* @param htim : TIM handle
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_IncTick();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function handles TIM interrupt request.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void TIM6_DAC_IRQHandler(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&TimHandle);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+2174
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+1986
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+322
@@ -0,0 +1,322 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_hal_wwdg.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
|
||||
* This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
|
||||
* functionalities of the Window Watchdog (WWDG) peripheral:
|
||||
* + Initialization and Configuration function
|
||||
* + IO operation functions
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### WWDG specific features #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Once enabled the WWDG generates a system reset on expiry of a programmed
|
||||
time period, unless the program refreshes the counter (T[6;0] downcounter)
|
||||
before reaching 0x3F value (i.e. a reset is generated when the counter
|
||||
value rolls over from 0x40 to 0x3F).
|
||||
|
||||
(+) An MCU reset is also generated if the counter value is refreshed
|
||||
before the counter has reached the refresh window value. This
|
||||
implies that the counter must be refreshed in a limited window.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Once enabled the WWDG cannot be disabled except by a system reset.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) WWDGRST flag in RCC_CSR register informs when a WWDG reset has
|
||||
occurred (check available with __HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_WWDGRST)).
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The WWDG downcounter input clock is derived from the APB clock divided
|
||||
by a programmable prescaler.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) WWDG downcounter clock (Hz) = PCLK1 / (4096 * Prescaler)
|
||||
|
||||
(+) WWDG timeout (ms) = (1000 * (T[5;0] + 1)) / (WWDG downcounter clock)
|
||||
where T[5;0] are the lowest 6 bits of downcounter.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) WWDG Counter refresh is allowed between the following limits :
|
||||
(++) min time (ms) = (1000 * (T[5;0] - Window)) / (WWDG downcounter clock)
|
||||
(++) max time (ms) = (1000 * (T[5;0] - 0x40)) / (WWDG downcounter clock)
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Min-max timeout value @80 MHz(PCLK1): ~51.2 us / ~26.22 ms
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety
|
||||
operations or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is
|
||||
generated. When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, an EWI interrupt
|
||||
is generated and the corresponding interrupt service routine (ISR) can
|
||||
be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
|
||||
logging), before resetting the device.
|
||||
In some applications, the EWI interrupt can be used to manage a software
|
||||
system check and/or system recovery/graceful degradation, without
|
||||
generating a WWDG reset. In this case, the corresponding interrupt
|
||||
service routine (ISR) should reload the WWDG counter to avoid the WWDG
|
||||
reset, then trigger the required actions.
|
||||
Note:When the EWI interrupt cannot be served, e.g. due to a system lock
|
||||
in a higher priority task, the WWDG reset will eventually be generated.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Debug mode : When the microcontroller enters debug mode (core halted),
|
||||
the WWDG counter either continues to work normally or stops, depending
|
||||
on DBG_WWDG_STOP configuration bit in DBG module, accessible through
|
||||
__HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_WWDG() and __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_WWDG() macros
|
||||
|
||||
##### How to use this driver #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
(+) Enable WWDG APB1 clock using __HAL_RCC_WWDG_CLK_ENABLE().
|
||||
|
||||
(+) Set the WWDG prescaler, refresh window, counter value and Early Wakeup
|
||||
Interrupt mode using using HAL_WWDG_Init() function.
|
||||
This enables WWDG peripheral and the downcounter starts downcounting
|
||||
from given counter value.
|
||||
Init function can be called again to modify all watchdog parameters,
|
||||
however if EWI mode has been set once, it can't be clear until next
|
||||
reset.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The application program must refresh the WWDG counter at regular
|
||||
intervals during normal operation to prevent an MCU reset using
|
||||
HAL_WWDG_Refresh() function. This operation must occur only when
|
||||
the counter is lower than the window value already programmed.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) if Early Wakeup Interrupt mode is enable an interrupt is generated when
|
||||
the counter reaches 0x40. User can add his own code in weak function
|
||||
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback().
|
||||
|
||||
*** WWDG HAL driver macros list ***
|
||||
==================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
Below the list of most used macros in WWDG HAL driver.
|
||||
|
||||
(+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check the selected WWDG's interrupt source.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG: Get the selected WWDG's flag status.
|
||||
(+) __HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the WWDG's pending flags.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_hal.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_HAL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
|
||||
/** @defgroup WWDG WWDG
|
||||
* @brief WWDG HAL module driver.
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions WWDG Exported Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
|
||||
* @brief Initialization and Configuration functions.
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Initialize and start the WWDG according to the specified parameters
|
||||
in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
|
||||
(+) Initialize the WWDG MSP.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the WWDG according to the specified.
|
||||
* parameters in the WWDG_InitTypeDef of associated handle.
|
||||
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Init(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the WWDG handle allocation */
|
||||
if(hwwdg == NULL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return HAL_ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_WWDG_ALL_INSTANCE(hwwdg->Instance));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_WWDG_PRESCALER(hwwdg->Init.Prescaler));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_WWDG_WINDOW(hwwdg->Init.Window));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_WWDG_COUNTER(hwwdg->Init.Counter));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_WWDG_EWI_MODE(hwwdg->Init.EWIMode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Init the low level hardware */
|
||||
HAL_WWDG_MspInit(hwwdg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set WWDG Counter */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (WWDG_CR_WDGA | hwwdg->Init.Counter));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set WWDG Prescaler and Window */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CFR, (hwwdg->Init.EWIMode | hwwdg->Init.Prescaler | hwwdg->Init.Window));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the WWDG MSP.
|
||||
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
|
||||
* @note When rewriting this function in user file, mechanism may be added
|
||||
* to avoid multiple initialize when HAL_WWDG_Init function is called
|
||||
* again to change parameters.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_WWDG_MspInit(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hwwdg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_WWDG_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup WWDG_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
|
||||
* @brief IO operation functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
##### IO operation functions #####
|
||||
==============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
This section provides functions allowing to:
|
||||
(+) Refresh the WWDG.
|
||||
(+) Handle WWDG interrupt request and associated function callback.
|
||||
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Refresh the WWDG.
|
||||
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
|
||||
* @retval HAL status
|
||||
*/
|
||||
HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_WWDG_Refresh(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Write to WWDG CR the WWDG Counter value to refresh with */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(hwwdg->Instance->CR, (hwwdg->Init.Counter));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Return function status */
|
||||
return HAL_OK;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Handle WWDG interrupt request.
|
||||
* @note The Early Wakeup Interrupt (EWI) can be used if specific safety operations
|
||||
* or data logging must be performed before the actual reset is generated.
|
||||
* The EWI interrupt is enabled by calling HAL_WWDG_Init function with
|
||||
* EWIMode set to WWDG_EWI_ENABLE.
|
||||
* When the downcounter reaches the value 0x40, and EWI interrupt is
|
||||
* generated and the corresponding Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) can
|
||||
* be used to trigger specific actions (such as communications or data
|
||||
* logging), before resetting the device.
|
||||
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void HAL_WWDG_IRQHandler(WWDG_HandleTypeDef *hwwdg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if Early Wakeup Interrupt is enable */
|
||||
if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_IT_SOURCE(hwwdg, WWDG_IT_EWI) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if WWDG Early Wakeup Interrupt occurred */
|
||||
if(__HAL_WWDG_GET_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF) != RESET)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Clear the WWDG Early Wakeup flag */
|
||||
__HAL_WWDG_CLEAR_FLAG(hwwdg, WWDG_FLAG_EWIF);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Early Wakeup callback */
|
||||
HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(hwwdg);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief WWDG Early Wakeup callback.
|
||||
* @param hwwdg pointer to a WWDG_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified WWDG module.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
__weak void HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback(WWDG_HandleTypeDef* hwwdg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
|
||||
UNUSED(hwwdg);
|
||||
|
||||
/* NOTE: This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
|
||||
the HAL_WWDG_EarlyWakeupCallback could be implemented in the user file
|
||||
*/
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+920
@@ -0,0 +1,920 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_adc.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief ADC LL module driver
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_adc.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (ADC1) || defined (ADC2) || defined (ADC3)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL ADC
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* common to several ADC instances. */
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_COMMON_CLOCK(__CLOCK__) \
|
||||
( ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV4) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV6) \
|
||||
|| ((__CLOCK__) == LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV8) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* ADC instance. */
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(__RESOLUTION__) \
|
||||
( ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B) \
|
||||
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_10B) \
|
||||
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_8B) \
|
||||
|| ((__RESOLUTION__) == LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_6B) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(__DATA_ALIGN__) \
|
||||
( ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT) \
|
||||
|| ((__DATA_ALIGN__) == LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_LEFT) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_SCAN_SELECTION(__SCAN_SELECTION__) \
|
||||
( ((__SCAN_SELECTION__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|
||||
|| ((__SCAN_SELECTION__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_MODE(__SEQ_SCAN_MODE__) \
|
||||
( ((__SCAN_MODE__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|
||||
|| ((__SCAN_MODE__) == LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* ADC group regular */
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
|
||||
( ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH1) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH2) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH3) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH2) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_CH4) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH4) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE11) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) \
|
||||
( ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_CONV_CONTINUOUS) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) \
|
||||
( ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_LIMITED) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_UNLIMITED) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_FLAG_EOC_SELECTION(__REG_FLAG_EOC_SELECTION__) \
|
||||
( ((__REG_FLAG_EOC_SELECTION__) == LL_ADC_REG_FLAG_EOC_SEQUENCE_CONV) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_FLAG_EOC_SELECTION__) == LL_ADC_REG_FLAG_EOC_UNITARY_CONV) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) \
|
||||
( ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_3RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_4RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_5RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_6RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_7RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_8RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_9RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_10RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_11RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_12RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_13RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_14RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_15RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_16RANKS) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) \
|
||||
( ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_2RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_3RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_4RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_5RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_6RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_7RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__REG_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_8RANKS) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* ADC group injected */
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) \
|
||||
( ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_CH4) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_CH1) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH4) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_CH4) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM1_TRGO2) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO2) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH3) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM3_CH1) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_SOURCE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_EDGE(__INJ_TRIG_EXT_EDGE__) \
|
||||
( ((__INJ_TRIG_EXT_EDGE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_RISING) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_EXT_EDGE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_FALLING) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_EXT_EDGE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_EXT_RISINGFALLING) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_AUTO(__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__) \
|
||||
( ((__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_TRIG_AUTO__) == LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_FROM_GRP_REGULAR) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) \
|
||||
( ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_2RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_3RANKS) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE_4RANKS) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) \
|
||||
( ((__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE) \
|
||||
|| ((__INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_MODE__) == LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_1RANK) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check of parameters for configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* multimode. */
|
||||
#if defined(ADC3)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MODE(__MULTI_MODE__) \
|
||||
( ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIMULT) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INT_INJ_SIM) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_INJ_SIMULT) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_SIMULT) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_REG_INTERL) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TRIPLE_INJ_ALTERN) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MODE(__MULTI_MODE__) \
|
||||
( ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIMULT) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INTERL) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_SIMULT) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_INJ_ALTERN) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_SIM) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_SIM_INJ_ALT) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MODE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_DUAL_REG_INT_INJ_SIM) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER(__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) \
|
||||
( ((__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_EACH_ADC) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_LIMIT_1) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_LIMIT_2) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_LIMIT_3) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_UNLMT_1) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_UNLMT_2) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_UNLMT_3) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY(__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) \
|
||||
( ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_5CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_6CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_7CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_8CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_9CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_10CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_11CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_12CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_13CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_14CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_15CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_16CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_17CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_18CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_19CYCLES) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_20CYCLES) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE(__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) \
|
||||
( ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_SLAVE) \
|
||||
|| ((__MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE__) == LL_ADC_MULTI_MASTER_SLAVE) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup ADC_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize registers of all ADC instances belonging to
|
||||
* the same ADC common instance to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
|
||||
* (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonDeInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Force reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of ADC clock (core clock) */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_ADC);
|
||||
|
||||
return SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC common parameters
|
||||
* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance)
|
||||
* and multimode (for devices with several ADC instances available).
|
||||
* @note The setting of ADC common parameters is conditioned to
|
||||
* ADC instances state:
|
||||
* All ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance
|
||||
* must be disabled.
|
||||
* @param ADCxy_COMMON ADC common instance
|
||||
* (can be set directly from CMSIS definition or by using helper macro @ref __LL_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE() )
|
||||
* @param ADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: ADC common registers are initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: ADC common registers are not initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_CommonInit(ADC_Common_TypeDef *ADCxy_COMMON, LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *ADC_CommonInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_COMMON_CLOCK(ADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock));
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_MODE(ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode));
|
||||
if(ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode != LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_DMA_TRANSFER(ADC_CommonInitStruct->MultiDMATransfer));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY(ADC_CommonInitStruct->MultiTwoSamplingDelay));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of functions */
|
||||
/* "LL_ADC_SetCommonXXX()" and "LL_ADC_SetMultiXXX()"): */
|
||||
/* On this STM32 serie, setting of these features is conditioned to */
|
||||
/* ADC state: */
|
||||
/* All ADC instances of the ADC common group must be disabled. */
|
||||
if(__LL_ADC_IS_ENABLED_ALL_COMMON_INSTANCE(ADCxy_COMMON) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* - common to several ADC */
|
||||
/* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC clock (conversion clock) */
|
||||
/* - multimode (if several ADC instances available on the */
|
||||
/* selected device) */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC multimode configuration */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC multimode DMA transfer */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC multimode: delay between 2 sampling phases */
|
||||
if(ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode != LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCxy_COMMON->CCR,
|
||||
ADC_CCR_ADCPRE
|
||||
| ADC_CCR_MULTI
|
||||
| ADC_CCR_DMA
|
||||
| ADC_CCR_DDS
|
||||
| ADC_CCR_DELAY
|
||||
,
|
||||
ADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock
|
||||
| ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode
|
||||
| ADC_CommonInitStruct->MultiDMATransfer
|
||||
| ADC_CommonInitStruct->MultiTwoSamplingDelay
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCxy_COMMON->CCR,
|
||||
ADC_CCR_ADCPRE
|
||||
| ADC_CCR_MULTI
|
||||
| ADC_CCR_DMA
|
||||
| ADC_CCR_DDS
|
||||
| ADC_CCR_DELAY
|
||||
,
|
||||
ADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock
|
||||
| LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialization error: One or several ADC instances belonging to */
|
||||
/* the same ADC common instance are not disabled. */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param ADC_CommonInitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_ADC_CommonStructInit(LL_ADC_CommonInitTypeDef *ADC_CommonInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set ADC_CommonInitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
/* Set fields of ADC common */
|
||||
/* (all ADC instances belonging to the same ADC common instance) */
|
||||
ADC_CommonInitStruct->CommonClock = LL_ADC_CLOCK_SYNC_PCLK_DIV2;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set fields of ADC multimode */
|
||||
ADC_CommonInitStruct->Multimode = LL_ADC_MULTI_INDEPENDENT;
|
||||
ADC_CommonInitStruct->MultiDMATransfer = LL_ADC_MULTI_REG_DMA_EACH_ADC;
|
||||
ADC_CommonInitStruct->MultiTwoSamplingDelay = LL_ADC_MULTI_TWOSMP_DELAY_5CYCLES;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize registers of the selected ADC instance
|
||||
* to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @note To reset all ADC instances quickly (perform a hard reset),
|
||||
* use function @ref LL_ADC_CommonDeInit().
|
||||
* @param ADCx ADC instance
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not de-initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_DeInit(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable ADC instance if not already disabled. */
|
||||
if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set ADC group regular trigger source to SW start to ensure to not */
|
||||
/* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop */
|
||||
/* ADC disable process. */
|
||||
LL_ADC_REG_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set ADC group injected trigger source to SW start to ensure to not */
|
||||
/* have an external trigger event occurring during the conversion stop */
|
||||
/* ADC disable process. */
|
||||
LL_ADC_INJ_SetTriggerSource(ADCx, LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the ADC instance */
|
||||
LL_ADC_Disable(ADCx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check whether ADC state is compliant with expected state */
|
||||
/* (hardware requirements of bits state to reset registers below) */
|
||||
if(READ_BIT(ADCx->CR2, ADC_CR2_ADON) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* ========== Reset ADC registers ========== */
|
||||
/* Reset register SR */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SR,
|
||||
( LL_ADC_FLAG_STRT
|
||||
| LL_ADC_FLAG_JSTRT
|
||||
| LL_ADC_FLAG_EOCS
|
||||
| LL_ADC_FLAG_OVR
|
||||
| LL_ADC_FLAG_JEOS
|
||||
| LL_ADC_FLAG_AWD1 )
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register CR1 */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR1,
|
||||
( ADC_CR1_OVRIE | ADC_CR1_RES | ADC_CR1_AWDEN
|
||||
| ADC_CR1_JAWDEN
|
||||
| ADC_CR1_DISCNUM | ADC_CR1_JDISCEN | ADC_CR1_DISCEN
|
||||
| ADC_CR1_JAUTO | ADC_CR1_AWDSGL | ADC_CR1_SCAN
|
||||
| ADC_CR1_JEOCIE | ADC_CR1_AWDIE | ADC_CR1_EOCIE
|
||||
| ADC_CR1_AWDCH )
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register CR2 */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->CR2,
|
||||
( ADC_CR2_SWSTART | ADC_CR2_EXTEN | ADC_CR2_EXTSEL
|
||||
| ADC_CR2_JSWSTART | ADC_CR2_JEXTEN | ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL
|
||||
| ADC_CR2_ALIGN | ADC_CR2_EOCS
|
||||
| ADC_CR2_DDS | ADC_CR2_DMA
|
||||
| ADC_CR2_CONT | ADC_CR2_ADON )
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register SMPR1 */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR1,
|
||||
( ADC_SMPR1_SMP18 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP17 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP16
|
||||
| ADC_SMPR1_SMP15 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP14 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP13
|
||||
| ADC_SMPR1_SMP12 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP11 | ADC_SMPR1_SMP10)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register SMPR2 */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SMPR2,
|
||||
( ADC_SMPR2_SMP9
|
||||
| ADC_SMPR2_SMP8 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP7 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP6
|
||||
| ADC_SMPR2_SMP5 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP4 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP3
|
||||
| ADC_SMPR2_SMP2 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP1 | ADC_SMPR2_SMP0)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register JOFR1 */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR1, ADC_JOFR1_JOFFSET1);
|
||||
/* Reset register JOFR2 */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR2, ADC_JOFR2_JOFFSET2);
|
||||
/* Reset register JOFR3 */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR3, ADC_JOFR3_JOFFSET3);
|
||||
/* Reset register JOFR4 */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JOFR4, ADC_JOFR4_JOFFSET4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register HTR */
|
||||
SET_BIT(ADCx->HTR, ADC_HTR_HT);
|
||||
/* Reset register LTR */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->LTR, ADC_LTR_LT);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register SQR1 */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SQR1,
|
||||
( ADC_SQR1_L
|
||||
| ADC_SQR1_SQ16
|
||||
| ADC_SQR1_SQ15 | ADC_SQR1_SQ14 | ADC_SQR1_SQ13)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register SQR2 */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->SQR2,
|
||||
( ADC_SQR2_SQ12 | ADC_SQR2_SQ11 | ADC_SQR2_SQ10
|
||||
| ADC_SQR2_SQ9 | ADC_SQR2_SQ8 | ADC_SQR2_SQ7)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register JSQR */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADCx->JSQR,
|
||||
( ADC_JSQR_JL
|
||||
| ADC_JSQR_JSQ4 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ3
|
||||
| ADC_JSQR_JSQ2 | ADC_JSQR_JSQ1 )
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register DR */
|
||||
/* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset registers JDR1, JDR2, JDR3, JDR4 */
|
||||
/* bits in access mode read only, no direct reset applicable */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset register CCR */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(ADC->CCR, ADC_CCR_TSVREFE | ADC_CCR_ADCPRE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC instance.
|
||||
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC instance.
|
||||
* Affects both group regular and group injected (availability
|
||||
* of ADC group injected depends on STM32 families).
|
||||
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
|
||||
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Instance .
|
||||
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
|
||||
* is conditioned to ADC state:
|
||||
* ADC instance must be disabled.
|
||||
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
|
||||
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
|
||||
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
|
||||
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
|
||||
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
|
||||
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
|
||||
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
|
||||
* refer to description of each function for setting
|
||||
* conditioned to ADC state.
|
||||
* @note After using this function, some other features must be configured
|
||||
* using LL unitary functions.
|
||||
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
|
||||
* - Set ADC group regular or group injected sequencer:
|
||||
* map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
|
||||
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks().
|
||||
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
|
||||
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
|
||||
* @param ADCx ADC instance
|
||||
* @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_RESOLUTION(ADC_InitStruct->Resolution));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN(ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_SCAN_SELECTION(ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
|
||||
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
|
||||
if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* - ADC instance */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC data resolution */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC conversion data alignment */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
|
||||
ADC_CR1_RES
|
||||
| ADC_CR1_SCAN
|
||||
,
|
||||
ADC_InitStruct->Resolution
|
||||
| ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2,
|
||||
ADC_CR2_ALIGN
|
||||
,
|
||||
ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param ADC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_ADC_StructInit(LL_ADC_InitTypeDef *ADC_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set ADC_InitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
/* Set fields of ADC instance */
|
||||
ADC_InitStruct->Resolution = LL_ADC_RESOLUTION_12B;
|
||||
ADC_InitStruct->DataAlignment = LL_ADC_DATA_ALIGN_RIGHT;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable scan mode to have a generic behavior with ADC of other */
|
||||
/* STM32 families, without this setting available: */
|
||||
/* ADC group regular sequencer and ADC group injected sequencer depend */
|
||||
/* only of their own configuration. */
|
||||
ADC_InitStruct->SequencersScanMode = LL_ADC_SEQ_SCAN_ENABLE;
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC group regular.
|
||||
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group regular.
|
||||
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
|
||||
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
|
||||
* (functions with prefix "REG").
|
||||
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
|
||||
* is conditioned to ADC state:
|
||||
* ADC instance must be disabled.
|
||||
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
|
||||
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
|
||||
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
|
||||
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
|
||||
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
|
||||
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
|
||||
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
|
||||
* refer to description of each function for setting
|
||||
* conditioned to ADC state.
|
||||
* @note After using this function, other features must be configured
|
||||
* using LL unitary functions.
|
||||
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
|
||||
* - Set ADC group regular or group injected sequencer:
|
||||
* map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
|
||||
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerRanks().
|
||||
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
|
||||
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
|
||||
* @param ADCx ADC instance
|
||||
* @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_REG_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength));
|
||||
if(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont));
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_CONTINUOUS_MODE(ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER(ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
|
||||
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
|
||||
if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* - ADC group regular */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group regular trigger source */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group regular sequencer length */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group regular sequencer discontinuous mode */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group regular continuous mode */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group regular conversion data transfer: no transfer or */
|
||||
/* transfer by DMA, and DMA requests mode */
|
||||
/* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set when starting */
|
||||
/* ADC conversion. */
|
||||
/* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig(). */
|
||||
if(ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
|
||||
ADC_CR1_DISCEN
|
||||
| ADC_CR1_DISCNUM
|
||||
,
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength
|
||||
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
|
||||
ADC_CR1_DISCEN
|
||||
| ADC_CR1_DISCNUM
|
||||
,
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength
|
||||
| LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2,
|
||||
ADC_CR2_EXTSEL
|
||||
| ADC_CR2_EXTEN
|
||||
| ADC_CR2_CONT
|
||||
| ADC_CR2_DMA
|
||||
| ADC_CR2_DDS
|
||||
,
|
||||
(ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource & ADC_CR2_EXTSEL)
|
||||
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode
|
||||
| ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set ADC group regular sequencer length and scan direction */
|
||||
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
|
||||
/* Note: If ADC instance feature scan mode is disabled */
|
||||
/* (refer to ADC instance initialization structure */
|
||||
/* parameter @ref SequencersScanMode */
|
||||
/* or function @ref LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode() ), */
|
||||
/* this parameter is discarded. */
|
||||
LL_ADC_REG_SetSequencerLength(ADCx, ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param ADC_REG_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_ADC_REG_StructInit(LL_ADC_REG_InitTypeDef *ADC_REG_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set ADC_REG_InitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
/* Set fields of ADC group regular */
|
||||
/* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set when starting */
|
||||
/* ADC conversion. */
|
||||
/* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_REG_StartConversionExtTrig(). */
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_ADC_REG_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerLength = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE;
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE;
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->ContinuousMode = LL_ADC_REG_CONV_SINGLE;
|
||||
ADC_REG_InitStruct->DMATransfer = LL_ADC_REG_DMA_TRANSFER_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize some features of ADC group injected.
|
||||
* @note These parameters have an impact on ADC scope: ADC group injected.
|
||||
* Refer to corresponding unitary functions into
|
||||
* @ref ADC_LL_EF_Configuration_ADC_Group_Regular
|
||||
* (functions with prefix "INJ").
|
||||
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_ADC_Init()
|
||||
* is conditioned to ADC state:
|
||||
* ADC instance must be disabled.
|
||||
* This condition is applied to all ADC features, for efficiency
|
||||
* and compatibility over all STM32 families. However, the different
|
||||
* features can be set under different ADC state conditions
|
||||
* (setting possible with ADC enabled without conversion on going,
|
||||
* ADC enabled with conversion on going, ...)
|
||||
* Each feature can be updated afterwards with a unitary function
|
||||
* and potentially with ADC in a different state than disabled,
|
||||
* refer to description of each function for setting
|
||||
* conditioned to ADC state.
|
||||
* @note After using this function, other features must be configured
|
||||
* using LL unitary functions.
|
||||
* The minimum configuration remaining to be done is:
|
||||
* - Set ADC group injected sequencer:
|
||||
* map channel on the selected sequencer rank.
|
||||
* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerRanks().
|
||||
* - Set ADC channel sampling time
|
||||
* Refer to function LL_ADC_SetChannelSamplingTime();
|
||||
* @param ADCx ADC instance
|
||||
* @param ADC_INJ_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: ADC registers are initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: ADC registers are not initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_ADC_INJ_Init(ADC_TypeDef *ADCx, LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef *ADC_INJ_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_ADC_ALL_INSTANCE(ADCx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOURCE(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_LENGTH(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength));
|
||||
if(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISCONT_MODE(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont));
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_AUTO(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
|
||||
/* ADC instance must be disabled. */
|
||||
if(LL_ADC_IsEnabled(ADCx) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configuration of ADC hierarchical scope: */
|
||||
/* - ADC group injected */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group injected trigger source */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group injected sequencer length */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group injected sequencer discontinuous mode */
|
||||
/* - Set ADC group injected conversion trigger: independent or */
|
||||
/* from ADC group regular */
|
||||
/* Note: On this STM32 serie, ADC trigger edge is set when starting */
|
||||
/* ADC conversion. */
|
||||
/* Refer to function @ref LL_ADC_INJ_StartConversionExtTrig(). */
|
||||
if(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength != LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
|
||||
ADC_CR1_JDISCEN
|
||||
| ADC_CR1_JAUTO
|
||||
,
|
||||
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont
|
||||
| ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR1,
|
||||
ADC_CR1_JDISCEN
|
||||
| ADC_CR1_JAUTO
|
||||
,
|
||||
LL_ADC_REG_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE
|
||||
| ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(ADCx->CR2,
|
||||
ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL
|
||||
| ADC_CR2_JEXTEN
|
||||
,
|
||||
(ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource & ADC_CR2_JEXTSEL)
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function): */
|
||||
/* Note: If ADC instance feature scan mode is disabled */
|
||||
/* (refer to ADC instance initialization structure */
|
||||
/* parameter @ref SequencersScanMode */
|
||||
/* or function @ref LL_ADC_SetSequencersScanMode() ), */
|
||||
/* this parameter is discarded. */
|
||||
LL_ADC_INJ_SetSequencerLength(ADCx, ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialization error: ADC instance is not disabled. */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param ADC_INJ_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_ADC_INJ_StructInit(LL_ADC_INJ_InitTypeDef *ADC_INJ_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set ADC_INJ_InitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
/* Set fields of ADC group injected */
|
||||
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
|
||||
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerLength = LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_SCAN_DISABLE;
|
||||
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->SequencerDiscont = LL_ADC_INJ_SEQ_DISCONT_DISABLE;
|
||||
ADC_INJ_InitStruct->TrigAuto = LL_ADC_INJ_TRIG_INDEPENDENT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* ADC1 || ADC2 || ADC3 */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+125
@@ -0,0 +1,125 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_crc.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief CRC LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_crc.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (CRC)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup CRC_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize CRC registers (Registers restored to their default values).
|
||||
* @param CRCx CRC Instance
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: CRC registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: CRC registers are not de-initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_CRC_DeInit(CRC_TypeDef *CRCx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_CRC_ALL_INSTANCE(CRCx));
|
||||
|
||||
if (CRCx == CRC)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force CRC reset */
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRC);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release CRC reset */
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_CRC);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* defined (CRC) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+273
@@ -0,0 +1,273 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_dac.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief DAC LL module driver
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_dac.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(DAC)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL DAC
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(__DACX__, __DAC_CHANNEL__) \
|
||||
( \
|
||||
((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1) \
|
||||
|| ((__DAC_CHANNEL__) == LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) \
|
||||
( ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE) \
|
||||
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM2_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM4_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM5_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM6_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM7_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_TIM8_TRGO) \
|
||||
|| ((__TRIGGER_SOURCE__) == LL_DAC_TRIG_EXT_EXTI_LINE9) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) \
|
||||
( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NOISE) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_MODE__) == LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_TRIANGLE) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) \
|
||||
( ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS1_0) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS2_0) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS3_0) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS4_0) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS5_0) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS6_0) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS7_0) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS8_0) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS9_0) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS10_0) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BITS11_0) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_3) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_7) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_15) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_31) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_63) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_127) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_255) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_511) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_1023) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_2047) \
|
||||
|| ((__WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_CONFIG__) == LL_DAC_TRIANGLE_AMPLITUDE_4095) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) \
|
||||
( ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE) \
|
||||
|| ((__OUTPUT_BUFFER__) == LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_DISABLE) \
|
||||
)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DAC_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize registers of the selected DAC instance
|
||||
* to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @param DACx DAC instance
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: DAC registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_DAC_DeInit(DAC_TypeDef *DACx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Force reset of DAC1 clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of DAC1 clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DAC1);
|
||||
return SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize some features of DAC instance.
|
||||
* @note The setting of these parameters by function @ref LL_DAC_Init()
|
||||
* is conditioned to DAC state:
|
||||
* DAC instance must be disabled.
|
||||
* @param DACx DAC instance
|
||||
* @param DAC_Channel This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_1
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DAC_CHANNEL_2
|
||||
* @param DAC_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: DAC registers are initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: DAC registers are not initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_DAC_Init(DAC_TypeDef *DACx, uint32_t DAC_Channel, LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DAC_ALL_INSTANCE(DACx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_CHANNEL(DACx, DAC_Channel));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_TRIGGER_SOURCE(DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER(DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_MODE(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration));
|
||||
if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENER_CONFIG(DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Note: Hardware constraint (refer to description of this function) */
|
||||
/* DAC instance must be disabled. */
|
||||
if(LL_DAC_IsEnabled(DACx, DAC_Channel) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configuration of DAC channel: */
|
||||
/* - TriggerSource */
|
||||
/* - WaveAutoGeneration */
|
||||
/* - OutputBuffer */
|
||||
if (DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration != LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
|
||||
( DAC_CR_TSEL1
|
||||
| DAC_CR_WAVE1
|
||||
| DAC_CR_MAMP1
|
||||
| DAC_CR_BOFF1
|
||||
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
|
||||
,
|
||||
( DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
|
||||
| DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration
|
||||
| DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig
|
||||
| DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
|
||||
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(DACx->CR,
|
||||
( DAC_CR_TSEL1
|
||||
| DAC_CR_WAVE1
|
||||
| DAC_CR_BOFF1
|
||||
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
|
||||
,
|
||||
( DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource
|
||||
| LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE
|
||||
| DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer
|
||||
) << (DAC_Channel & DAC_CR_CHX_BITOFFSET_MASK)
|
||||
);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Initialization error: DAC instance is not disabled. */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param DAC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DAC_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_DAC_StructInit(LL_DAC_InitTypeDef *DAC_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set DAC_InitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
DAC_InitStruct->TriggerSource = LL_DAC_TRIG_SOFTWARE;
|
||||
DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGeneration = LL_DAC_WAVE_AUTO_GENERATION_NONE;
|
||||
/* Note: Parameter discarded if wave auto generation is disabled, */
|
||||
/* set anyway to its default value. */
|
||||
DAC_InitStruct->WaveAutoGenerationConfig = LL_DAC_NOISE_LFSR_UNMASK_BIT0;
|
||||
DAC_InitStruct->OutputBuffer = LL_DAC_OUTPUT_BUFFER_ENABLE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* DAC */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+464
@@ -0,0 +1,464 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_dma.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief DMA LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_dma.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (DMA1) || defined (DMA2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup DMA_LL DMA
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_DIRECTION_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_CIRCULAR) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MODE_PFCTRL))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_INCREMENT) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_INCREMENT) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU)
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(DMA_CHANNEL_SELECTION_8_15)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_CHANNEL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_0) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_8) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_9) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_10) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_11) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_12) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_13) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_14) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_15))
|
||||
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_CHANNEL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_0) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_1) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_2) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_3) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_4) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_5) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_6) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_CHANNEL_7))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* DMA_CHANNEL_SELECTION_8_15 */
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_DMA_PRIORITY_VERYHIGH))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_ALL_STREAM_INSTANCE(INSTANCE, STREAM) ((((INSTANCE) == DMA1) && \
|
||||
(((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_0) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_1) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_2) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_3) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_4) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_5) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_6) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_7) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_ALL))) ||\
|
||||
(((INSTANCE) == DMA2) && \
|
||||
(((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_0) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_1) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_2) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_3) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_4) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_5) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_6) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_7) || \
|
||||
((STREAM) == LL_DMA_STREAM_ALL))))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == LL_DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE ) || \
|
||||
((STATE) == LL_DMA_FIFOMODE_ENABLE))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(THRESHOLD) (((THRESHOLD) == LL_DMA_FIFOTHRESHOLD_1_4) || \
|
||||
((THRESHOLD) == LL_DMA_FIFOTHRESHOLD_1_2) || \
|
||||
((THRESHOLD) == LL_DMA_FIFOTHRESHOLD_3_4) || \
|
||||
((THRESHOLD) == LL_DMA_FIFOTHRESHOLD_FULL))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == LL_DMA_MBURST_SINGLE) || \
|
||||
((BURST) == LL_DMA_MBURST_INC4) || \
|
||||
((BURST) == LL_DMA_MBURST_INC8) || \
|
||||
((BURST) == LL_DMA_MBURST_INC16))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(BURST) (((BURST) == LL_DMA_PBURST_SINGLE) || \
|
||||
((BURST) == LL_DMA_PBURST_INC4) || \
|
||||
((BURST) == LL_DMA_PBURST_INC8) || \
|
||||
((BURST) == LL_DMA_PBURST_INC16))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize the DMA registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @param DMAx DMAx Instance
|
||||
* @param Stream This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_0
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_1
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_2
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_3
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_4
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_5
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_6
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_7
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_ALL
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: DMA registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: DMA registers are not de-initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Stream)
|
||||
{
|
||||
DMA_Stream_TypeDef *tmp = (DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)DMA1_Stream0;
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Stream parameters*/
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_STREAM_INSTANCE(DMAx, Stream));
|
||||
|
||||
if (Stream == LL_DMA_STREAM_ALL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (DMAx == DMA1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of DMA clock */
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of DMA clock */
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMAx == DMA2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of DMA clock */
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of DMA clock */
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Disable the selected Stream */
|
||||
LL_DMA_DisableStream(DMAx,Stream);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the DMA Stream Instance */
|
||||
tmp = (DMA_Stream_TypeDef *)(__LL_DMA_GET_STREAM_INSTANCE(DMAx, Stream));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMAx_Streamy configuration register */
|
||||
LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, CR, 0U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMAx_Streamy remaining bytes register */
|
||||
LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, NDTR, 0U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMAx_Streamy peripheral address register */
|
||||
LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, PAR, 0U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMAx_Streamy memory address register */
|
||||
LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, M0AR, 0U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMAx_Streamy memory address register */
|
||||
LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, M1AR, 0U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset DMAx_Streamy FIFO control register */
|
||||
LL_DMA_WriteReg(tmp, FCR, 0x00000021U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset Channel register field for DMAx Stream*/
|
||||
LL_DMA_SetChannelSelection(DMAx, Stream, LL_DMA_CHANNEL_0);
|
||||
|
||||
if(Stream == LL_DMA_STREAM_0)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset the Stream0 pending flags */
|
||||
DMAx->LIFCR = 0x0000003FU;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(Stream == LL_DMA_STREAM_1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset the Stream1 pending flags */
|
||||
DMAx->LIFCR = 0x00000F40U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(Stream == LL_DMA_STREAM_2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset the Stream2 pending flags */
|
||||
DMAx->LIFCR = 0x003F0000U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(Stream == LL_DMA_STREAM_3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset the Stream3 pending flags */
|
||||
DMAx->LIFCR = 0x0F400000U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(Stream == LL_DMA_STREAM_4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset the Stream4 pending flags */
|
||||
DMAx->HIFCR = 0x0000003FU;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(Stream == LL_DMA_STREAM_5)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset the Stream5 pending flags */
|
||||
DMAx->HIFCR = 0x00000F40U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(Stream == LL_DMA_STREAM_6)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset the Stream6 pending flags */
|
||||
DMAx->HIFCR = 0x003F0000U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(Stream == LL_DMA_STREAM_7)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset the Stream7 pending flags */
|
||||
DMAx->HIFCR = 0x0F400000U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the DMA registers according to the specified parameters in DMA_InitStruct.
|
||||
* @note To convert DMAx_Streamy Instance to DMAx Instance and Streamy, use helper macros :
|
||||
* @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_INSTANCE
|
||||
* @arg @ref __LL_DMA_GET_STREAM
|
||||
* @param DMAx DMAx Instance
|
||||
* @param Stream This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_0
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_1
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_2
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_3
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_4
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_5
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_6
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA_STREAM_7
|
||||
* @param DMA_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: DMA registers are initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: Not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_DMA_Init(DMA_TypeDef *DMAx, uint32_t Stream, LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the DMA Instance DMAx and Stream parameters*/
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_ALL_STREAM_INSTANCE(DMAx, Stream));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the DMA parameters from DMA_InitStruct */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_DIRECTION(DMA_InitStruct->Direction));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MODE(DMA_InitStruct->Mode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYINCMODE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORYDATASIZE(DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_NBDATA(DMA_InitStruct->NbData));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_CHANNEL(DMA_InitStruct->Channel));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PRIORITY(DMA_InitStruct->Priority));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_FIFO_MODE_STATE(DMA_InitStruct->FIFOMode));
|
||||
/* Check the memory burst, peripheral burst and FIFO threshold parameters only
|
||||
when FIFO mode is enabled */
|
||||
if(DMA_InitStruct->FIFOMode != LL_DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_FIFO_THRESHOLD(DMA_InitStruct->FIFOThreshold));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_MEMORY_BURST(DMA_InitStruct->MemBurst));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA_PERIPHERAL_BURST(DMA_InitStruct->PeriphBurst));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- DMAx SxCR Configuration ------------------------
|
||||
* Configure DMAx_Streamy: data transfer direction, data transfer mode,
|
||||
* peripheral and memory increment mode,
|
||||
* data size alignment and priority level with parameters :
|
||||
* - Direction: DMA_SxCR_DIR[1:0] bits
|
||||
* - Mode: DMA_SxCR_CIRC bit
|
||||
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode: DMA_SxCR_PINC bit
|
||||
* - MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode: DMA_SxCR_MINC bit
|
||||
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize: DMA_SxCR_PSIZE[1:0] bits
|
||||
* - MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize: DMA_SxCR_MSIZE[1:0] bits
|
||||
* - Priority: DMA_SxCR_PL[1:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_DMA_ConfigTransfer(DMAx, Stream, DMA_InitStruct->Direction | \
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->Mode | \
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode | \
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode | \
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize | \
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize | \
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->Priority
|
||||
);
|
||||
|
||||
if(DMA_InitStruct->FIFOMode != LL_DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*---------------------------- DMAx SxFCR Configuration ------------------------
|
||||
* Configure DMAx_Streamy: fifo mode and fifo threshold with parameters :
|
||||
* - FIFOMode: DMA_SxFCR_DMDIS bit
|
||||
* - FIFOThreshold: DMA_SxFCR_FTH[1:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_DMA_ConfigFifo(DMAx, Stream, DMA_InitStruct->FIFOMode, DMA_InitStruct->FIFOThreshold);
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- DMAx SxCR Configuration --------------------------
|
||||
* Configure DMAx_Streamy: memory burst transfer with parameters :
|
||||
* - MemBurst: DMA_SxCR_MBURST[1:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_DMA_SetMemoryBurstxfer(DMAx,Stream,DMA_InitStruct->MemBurst);
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- DMAx SxCR Configuration --------------------------
|
||||
* Configure DMAx_Streamy: peripheral burst transfer with parameters :
|
||||
* - PeriphBurst: DMA_SxCR_PBURST[1:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_DMA_SetPeriphBurstxfer(DMAx,Stream,DMA_InitStruct->PeriphBurst);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/*-------------------------- DMAx SxM0AR Configuration --------------------------
|
||||
* Configure the memory or destination base address with parameter :
|
||||
* - MemoryOrM2MDstAddress: DMA_SxM0AR_M0A[31:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_DMA_SetMemoryAddress(DMAx, Stream, DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress);
|
||||
|
||||
/*-------------------------- DMAx SxPAR Configuration ---------------------------
|
||||
* Configure the peripheral or source base address with parameter :
|
||||
* - PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress: DMA_SxPAR_PA[31:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_DMA_SetPeriphAddress(DMAx, Stream, DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress);
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------------- DMAx SxNDTR Configuration -------------------------
|
||||
* Configure the peripheral base address with parameter :
|
||||
* - NbData: DMA_SxNDT[15:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_DMA_SetDataLength(DMAx, Stream, DMA_InitStruct->NbData);
|
||||
|
||||
/*--------------------------- DMA SxCR_CHSEL Configuration ----------------------
|
||||
* Configure the peripheral base address with parameter :
|
||||
* - PeriphRequest: DMA_SxCR_CHSEL[3:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_DMA_SetChannelSelection(DMAx, Stream, DMA_InitStruct->Channel);
|
||||
|
||||
return SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param DMA_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_DMA_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_DMA_StructInit(LL_DMA_InitTypeDef *DMA_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set DMA_InitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcAddress = 0x00000000U;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstAddress = 0x00000000U;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->Direction = LL_DMA_DIRECTION_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->Mode = LL_DMA_MODE_NORMAL;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcIncMode = LL_DMA_PERIPH_NOINCREMENT;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstIncMode = LL_DMA_MEMORY_NOINCREMENT;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphOrM2MSrcDataSize = LL_DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->MemoryOrM2MDstDataSize = LL_DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->NbData = 0x00000000U;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->Channel = LL_DMA_CHANNEL_0;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->Priority = LL_DMA_PRIORITY_LOW;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->FIFOMode = LL_DMA_FIFOMODE_DISABLE;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->FIFOThreshold = LL_DMA_FIFOTHRESHOLD_1_4;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->MemBurst = LL_DMA_MBURST_SINGLE;
|
||||
DMA_InitStruct->PeriphBurst = LL_DMA_PBURST_SINGLE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* DMA1 || DMA2 */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+653
@@ -0,0 +1,653 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_dma2d.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief DMA2D LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_dma2d.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (DMA2D)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_Private_Constants DMA2D Private Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define LL_DMA2D_COLOR 0xFFU /*!< Maximum output color setting */
|
||||
#define LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFLINES DMA2D_NLR_NL /*!< Maximum number of lines */
|
||||
#define LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFPIXELS (DMA2D_NLR_PL >> DMA2D_NLR_PL_Pos) /*!< Maximum number of pixels per lines */
|
||||
#define LL_DMA2D_OFFSET_MAX 0x3FFFU /*!< Maximum output line offset expressed in pixels */
|
||||
#define LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE_MAX 0xFFU /*!< Maximum CLUT size */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_PFC) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M_BLEND) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_MODE_R2M))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(MODE_ARGB) (((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888) || \
|
||||
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888) || \
|
||||
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565) || \
|
||||
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555) || \
|
||||
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(GREEN) ((GREEN) <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(RED) ((RED) <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(BLUE) ((BLUE) <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(ALPHA) ((ALPHA) <= LL_DMA2D_COLOR)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET(OOFFSET) ((OOFFSET) <= LL_DMA2D_OFFSET_MAX)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_LINE(LINES) ((LINES) <= LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFLINES)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_PIXEL(PIXELS) ((PIXELS) <= LL_DMA2D_NUMBEROFPIXELS)
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAINV(ALPHA) (((ALPHA) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_REGULAR) || \
|
||||
((ALPHA) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_INVERTED))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_RBSWAP(RBSWAP) (((RBSWAP) == LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_REGULAR) || \
|
||||
((RBSWAP) == LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_SWAP))
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_LCMODE(MODE_ARGB) (((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB8888) || \
|
||||
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_RGB888) || \
|
||||
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_RGB565) || \
|
||||
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB1555) || \
|
||||
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB4444) || \
|
||||
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_L8) || \
|
||||
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_AL44) || \
|
||||
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_AL88) || \
|
||||
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_L4) || \
|
||||
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_A8) || \
|
||||
((MODE_ARGB) == LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_A4))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTCMODE(CLUTCMODE) (((CLUTCMODE) == LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_ARGB8888) || \
|
||||
((CLUTCMODE) == LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_RGB888))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE(SIZE) ((SIZE) <= LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE_MAX)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAMODE(MODE) (((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_NO_MODIF) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_REPLACE) || \
|
||||
((MODE) == LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_COMBINE))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup DMA2D_LL_EF_Init_Functions Initialization and De-initialization Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize DMA2D registers (registers restored to their default values).
|
||||
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: DMA2D registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: DMA2D registers are not de-initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_DMA2D_DeInit(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
|
||||
|
||||
if (DMA2Dx == DMA2D)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of DMA2D clock */
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2D);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of DMA2D clock */
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_DMA2D);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize DMA2D registers according to the specified parameters in DMA2D_InitStruct.
|
||||
* @note DMA2D transfers must be disabled to set initialization bits in configuration registers,
|
||||
* otherwise ERROR result is returned.
|
||||
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
|
||||
* @param DMA2D_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* that contains the configuration information for the specified DMA2D peripheral.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: DMA2D registers are initialized according to DMA2D_InitStruct content
|
||||
* - ERROR: Issue occurred during DMA2D registers initialization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_DMA2D_Init(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef *DMA2D_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef DMA2D_ColorStruct;
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0U, tmp1 = 0U, tmp2 = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_MODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->Mode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputGreen));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputRed));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputBlue));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputAlpha));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET(DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffset));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_LINE(DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfLines));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_PIXEL(DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfPixelsPerLines));
|
||||
#if defined(DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAINV(DMA2D_InitStruct->AlphaInversionMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RBSWAP(DMA2D_InitStruct->RBSwapMode));
|
||||
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA2D transfers must be disabled to configure bits in initialization registers */
|
||||
tmp = LL_DMA2D_IsTransferOngoing(DMA2Dx);
|
||||
tmp1 = LL_DMA2D_FGND_IsEnabledCLUTLoad(DMA2Dx);
|
||||
tmp2 = LL_DMA2D_BGND_IsEnabledCLUTLoad(DMA2Dx);
|
||||
if ((tmp == 0U) && (tmp1 == 0U) && (tmp2 == 0U))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* DMA2D CR register configuration -------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_SetMode(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->Mode);
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA2D OPFCCR register configuration ---------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#if defined(DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->OPFCCR, (DMA2D_OPFCCR_CM | DMA2D_OPFCCR_RBS | DMA2D_OPFCCR_AI), \
|
||||
(DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode | DMA2D_InitStruct->AlphaInversionMode | DMA2D_InitStruct->RBSwapMode));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->OPFCCR, DMA2D_OPFCCR_CM, DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode);
|
||||
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA2D OOR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_SetLineOffset(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffset);
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA2D NLR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_ConfigSize(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfLines, DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfPixelsPerLines);
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA2D OMAR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_SetOutputMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputMemoryAddress);
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA2D OCOLR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
DMA2D_ColorStruct.ColorMode = DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode;
|
||||
DMA2D_ColorStruct.OutputBlue = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputBlue;
|
||||
DMA2D_ColorStruct.OutputGreen = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputGreen;
|
||||
DMA2D_ColorStruct.OutputRed = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputRed;
|
||||
DMA2D_ColorStruct.OutputAlpha = DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputAlpha;
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_ConfigOutputColor(DMA2Dx, &DMA2D_ColorStruct);
|
||||
|
||||
status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* If DMA2D transfers are not disabled, return ERROR */
|
||||
|
||||
return (status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param DMA2D_InitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_DMA2D_StructInit(LL_DMA2D_InitTypeDef *DMA2D_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set DMA2D_InitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
DMA2D_InitStruct->Mode = LL_DMA2D_MODE_M2M;
|
||||
DMA2D_InitStruct->ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888;
|
||||
DMA2D_InitStruct->LineOffset = 0x0U;
|
||||
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputBlue = 0x0U;
|
||||
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputGreen = 0x0U;
|
||||
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputRed = 0x0U;
|
||||
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputAlpha = 0x0U;
|
||||
DMA2D_InitStruct->OutputMemoryAddress = 0x0U;
|
||||
DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfLines = 0x0U;
|
||||
DMA2D_InitStruct->NbrOfPixelsPerLines = 0x0U;
|
||||
#if defined(DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
|
||||
DMA2D_InitStruct->AlphaInversionMode = LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_REGULAR;
|
||||
DMA2D_InitStruct->RBSwapMode = LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_REGULAR;
|
||||
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure the foreground or background according to the specified parameters
|
||||
* in the LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure.
|
||||
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
|
||||
* @param DMA2D_LayerCfg: pointer to a LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the specified layer.
|
||||
* @param LayerIdx: DMA2D Layer index.
|
||||
* This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* 0(background) / 1(foreground)
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_DMA2D_ConfigLayer(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef *DMA2D_LayerCfg, uint32_t LayerIdx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OFFSET(DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_LCMODE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTCMODE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_CLUTSIZE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAMODE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha));
|
||||
#if defined(DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHAINV(DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RBSWAP(DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode));
|
||||
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
|
||||
|
||||
if (LayerIdx == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure the background memory address */
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->MemoryAddress);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the background line offset */
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetLineOffset(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
|
||||
/* Configure the background Alpha value, Alpha mode, RB swap, Alpha inversion
|
||||
CLUT size, CLUT Color mode and Color mode */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->BGPFCCR, \
|
||||
(DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_RBS | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_AI | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_AM | \
|
||||
DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CCM | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CM), \
|
||||
((DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha << DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode | \
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode | DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode | \
|
||||
(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize << DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode | \
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Configure the background Alpha value, Alpha mode, CLUT size, CLUT Color mode and Color mode */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->BGPFCCR, \
|
||||
(DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_AM | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CCM | DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CM), \
|
||||
((DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha << DMA2D_BGPFCCR_ALPHA_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode | \
|
||||
(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize << DMA2D_BGPFCCR_CS_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode | \
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
|
||||
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the background color */
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetColor(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the background CLUT memory address */
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_BGND_SetCLUTMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTMemoryAddress);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Configure the foreground memory address */
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->MemoryAddress);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the foreground line offset */
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetLineOffset(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset);
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
|
||||
/* Configure the foreground Alpha value, Alpha mode, RB swap, Alpha inversion
|
||||
CLUT size, CLUT Color mode and Color mode */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->FGPFCCR, \
|
||||
(DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_RBS | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_AI | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_AM | \
|
||||
DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CCM | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CM), \
|
||||
((DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha << DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode | \
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode | DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode | \
|
||||
(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize << DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode | \
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
/* Configure the foreground Alpha value, Alpha mode, CLUT size, CLUT Color mode and Color mode */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->FGPFCCR, \
|
||||
(DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_AM | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CCM | DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CM), \
|
||||
((DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha << DMA2D_FGPFCCR_ALPHA_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode | \
|
||||
(DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize << DMA2D_FGPFCCR_CS_Pos) | DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode | \
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode));
|
||||
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the foreground color */
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetColor(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green, DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the foreground CLUT memory address */
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_FGND_SetCLUTMemAddr(DMA2Dx, DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTMemoryAddress);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param DMA2D_LayerCfg: pointer to a @ref LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgStructInit(LL_DMA2D_LayerCfgTypeDef *DMA2D_LayerCfg)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set DMA2D_LayerCfg fields to default values */
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->MemoryAddress = 0x0U;
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_INPUT_MODE_ARGB8888;
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->LineOffset = 0x0U;
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTColorMode = LL_DMA2D_CLUT_COLOR_MODE_ARGB8888;
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTSize = 0x0U;
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaMode = LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_MODE_NO_MODIF;
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->Alpha = 0x0U;
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->Blue = 0x0U;
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->Green = 0x0U;
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->Red = 0x0U;
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->CLUTMemoryAddress = 0x0U;
|
||||
#if defined(DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT)
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->AlphaInversionMode = LL_DMA2D_ALPHA_REGULAR;
|
||||
DMA2D_LayerCfg->RBSwapMode = LL_DMA2D_RB_MODE_REGULAR;
|
||||
#endif /* DMA2D_ALPHA_INV_RB_SWAP_SUPPORT */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize DMA2D output color register according to the specified parameters
|
||||
* in DMA2D_ColorStruct.
|
||||
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
|
||||
* @param DMA2D_ColorStruct: pointer to a LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the color configuration information for the specified DMA2D peripheral.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_DMA2D_ConfigOutputColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, LL_DMA2D_ColorTypeDef *DMA2D_ColorStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t outgreen = 0U;
|
||||
uint32_t outred = 0U;
|
||||
uint32_t outalpha = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_GREEN(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_RED(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_BLUE(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputBlue));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_ALPHA(DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha));
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA2D OCOLR register configuration ------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
|
||||
{
|
||||
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 8U;
|
||||
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 16U;
|
||||
outalpha = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha << 24U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
|
||||
{
|
||||
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 8U;
|
||||
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 16U;
|
||||
outalpha = 0x00000000U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
|
||||
{
|
||||
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 5U;
|
||||
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 11U;
|
||||
outalpha = 0x00000000U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (DMA2D_ColorStruct->ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
|
||||
{
|
||||
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 5U;
|
||||
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 10U;
|
||||
outalpha = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha << 15U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
|
||||
{
|
||||
outgreen = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputGreen << 4U;
|
||||
outred = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputRed << 8U;
|
||||
outalpha = DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputAlpha << 12U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
LL_DMA2D_SetOutputColor(DMA2Dx, (outgreen | outred | DMA2D_ColorStruct->OutputBlue | outalpha));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return DMA2D output Blue color.
|
||||
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
|
||||
* @param ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
|
||||
* @retval Output Blue color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputBlueColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t color = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFFU));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFFU));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x1FU));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x1FU));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFU));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return color;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return DMA2D output Green color.
|
||||
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
|
||||
* @param ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
|
||||
* @retval Output Green color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputGreenColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t color = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF00U) >> 8U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF00U) >> 8U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x7E0U) >> 5U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x3E0U) >> 5U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF0U) >> 4U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return color;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return DMA2D output Red color.
|
||||
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
|
||||
* @param ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
|
||||
* @retval Output Red color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputRedColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t color = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF0000U) >> 16U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888)
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF0000U) >> 16U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565)
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF800U) >> 11U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x7C00U) >> 10U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF00U) >> 8U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return color;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Return DMA2D output Alpha color.
|
||||
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance.
|
||||
* @param ColorMode This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444
|
||||
* @retval Output Alpha color value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFF
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_DMA2D_GetOutputAlphaColor(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t ColorMode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t color = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_DMA2D_ALL_INSTANCE(DMA2Dx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_DMA2D_OCMODE(ColorMode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* DMA2D OCOLR register reading ------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB8888)
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xFF000000U) >> 24U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if ((ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB888) || (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_RGB565))
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = 0x0U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (ColorMode == LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB1555)
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0x8000U) >> 15U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* ColorMode = LL_DMA2D_OUTPUT_MODE_ARGB4444 */
|
||||
{
|
||||
color = (uint32_t)(READ_BIT(DMA2Dx->OCOLR, 0xF000U) >> 12U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return color;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure DMA2D transfer size.
|
||||
* @param DMA2Dx DMA2D Instance
|
||||
* @param NbrOfLines Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0xFFFF
|
||||
* @param NbrOfPixelsPerLines Value between Min_Data=0 and Max_Data=0x3FFF
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_DMA2D_ConfigSize(DMA2D_TypeDef *DMA2Dx, uint32_t NbrOfLines, uint32_t NbrOfPixelsPerLines)
|
||||
{
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(DMA2Dx->NLR, (DMA2D_NLR_PL | DMA2D_NLR_NL), \
|
||||
((NbrOfPixelsPerLines << DMA2D_NLR_PL_Pos) | NbrOfLines));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* defined (DMA2D) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+232
@@ -0,0 +1,232 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_exti.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief EXTI LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_exti.h"
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (EXTI)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup EXTI_LL EXTI
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) & ~LL_EXTI_LINE_ALL_0_31) == 0x00000000U)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup EXTI_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize the EXTI registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_EXTI_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Interrupt mask register set to default reset values */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(IMR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
/* Event mask register set to default reset values */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(EMR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
/* Rising Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(RTSR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
/* Falling Trigger selection register set to default reset values */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(FTSR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
/* Software interrupt event register set to default reset values */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(SWIER, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
/* Pending register set to default reset values */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_WriteReg(PR, 0x01FFFFFFU);
|
||||
|
||||
return SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the EXTI registers according to the specified parameters in EXTI_InitStruct.
|
||||
* @param EXTI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: EXTI registers are initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_EXTI_Init(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_LINE_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_MODE(EXTI_InitStruct->Mode));
|
||||
|
||||
/* ENABLE LineCommand */
|
||||
if (EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand != DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_EXTI_TRIGGER(EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
|
||||
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 != LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Mode)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT:
|
||||
/* First Disable Event on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
/* Then Enable IT on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LL_EXTI_MODE_EVENT:
|
||||
/* First Disable IT on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
/* Then Enable Event on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LL_EXTI_MODE_IT_EVENT:
|
||||
/* Directly Enable IT & Event on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger != LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
switch (EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger)
|
||||
{
|
||||
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING:
|
||||
/* First Disable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_DisableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
/* Then Enable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING:
|
||||
/* First Disable Rising Trigger on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_DisableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
/* Then Enable Falling Trigger on provided Lines */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
case LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING:
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableRisingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
LL_EXTI_EnableFallingTrig_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
break;
|
||||
default:
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
break;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* DISABLE LineCommand */
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* De-configure EXTI Lines in range from 0 to 31 */
|
||||
LL_EXTI_DisableIT_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
LL_EXTI_DisableEvent_0_31(EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31);
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param EXTI_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_EXTI_StructInit(LL_EXTI_InitTypeDef *EXTI_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
EXTI_InitStruct->Line_0_31 = LL_EXTI_LINE_NONE;
|
||||
EXTI_InitStruct->LineCommand = DISABLE;
|
||||
EXTI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_EXTI_MODE_IT;
|
||||
EXTI_InitStruct->Trigger = LL_EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* defined (EXTI) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+1117
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+325
@@ -0,0 +1,325 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_gpio.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief GPIO LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_gpio.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG) || defined (GPIOH) || defined (GPIOI) || defined (GPIOJ) || defined (GPIOK)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(__VALUE__) (((0x00000000U) < (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= (LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL)))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_INPUT) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_OPENDRAIN))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_NO) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_UP) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_PULL_DOWN))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_0 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_1 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_2 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_3 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_4 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_5 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_6 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_7 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_8 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_9 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_10 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_11 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_12 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_13 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_14 ) ||\
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_GPIO_AF_15 ))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup GPIO_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize GPIO registers (Registers restored to their default values).
|
||||
* @param GPIOx GPIO Port
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: Wrong GPIO Port
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Force and Release reset on clock of GPIOx Port */
|
||||
if (GPIOx == GPIOA)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOA);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOB)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOB);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOC)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOC);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined(GPIOD)
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOD)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOD);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* GPIOD */
|
||||
#if defined(GPIOE)
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* GPIOE */
|
||||
#if defined(GPIOF)
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOF)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOF);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* GPIOF */
|
||||
#if defined(GPIOG)
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOG)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG);
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOG);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* GPIOG */
|
||||
#if defined(GPIOH)
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOH)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOH);
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOH);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* GPIOH */
|
||||
#if defined(GPIOI)
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOI)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOI);
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOI);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* GPIOI */
|
||||
#if defined(GPIOJ)
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOJ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOJ);
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOJ);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* GPIOJ */
|
||||
#if defined(GPIOK)
|
||||
else if (GPIOx == GPIOK)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOK);
|
||||
LL_AHB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB1_GRP1_PERIPH_GPIOK);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* GPIOK */
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize GPIO registers according to the specified parameters in GPIO_InitStruct.
|
||||
* @param GPIOx GPIO Port
|
||||
* @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* that contains the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: GPIO registers are initialized according to GPIO_InitStruct content
|
||||
* - ERROR: Not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t pinpos = 0x00000000U;
|
||||
uint32_t currentpin = 0x00000000U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_InitStruct->Mode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pull));
|
||||
|
||||
/* ------------------------- Configure the port pins ---------------- */
|
||||
/* Initialize pinpos on first pin set */
|
||||
pinpos = POSITION_VAL(GPIO_InitStruct->Pin);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the port pins */
|
||||
while (((GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) >> pinpos) != 0x00000000U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Get current io position */
|
||||
currentpin = (GPIO_InitStruct->Pin) & (0x00000001U << pinpos);
|
||||
|
||||
if (currentpin)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Pin Mode configuration */
|
||||
LL_GPIO_SetPinMode(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Mode);
|
||||
|
||||
if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check Speed mode parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_InitStruct->Speed));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Speed mode configuration */
|
||||
LL_GPIO_SetPinSpeed(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Speed);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Pull-up Pull down resistor configuration*/
|
||||
LL_GPIO_SetPinPull(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Pull);
|
||||
|
||||
if (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check Alternate parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_ALTERNATE(GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Speed mode configuration */
|
||||
if (POSITION_VAL(currentpin) < 0x00000008U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_0_7(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_GPIO_SetAFPin_8_15(GPIOx, currentpin, GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
pinpos++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if ((GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT) || (GPIO_InitStruct->Mode == LL_GPIO_MODE_ALTERNATE))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check Output mode parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE(GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Output mode configuration*/
|
||||
LL_GPIO_SetPinOutputType(GPIOx, GPIO_InitStruct->Pin, GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
return (SUCCESS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param GPIO_InitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void LL_GPIO_StructInit(LL_GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset GPIO init structure parameters values */
|
||||
GPIO_InitStruct->Pin = LL_GPIO_PIN_ALL;
|
||||
GPIO_InitStruct->Mode = LL_GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
|
||||
GPIO_InitStruct->Speed = LL_GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW;
|
||||
GPIO_InitStruct->OutputType = LL_GPIO_OUTPUT_PUSHPULL;
|
||||
GPIO_InitStruct->Pull = LL_GPIO_PULL_NO;
|
||||
GPIO_InitStruct->Alternate = LL_GPIO_AF_0;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* defined (GPIOA) || defined (GPIOB) || defined (GPIOC) || defined (GPIOD) || defined (GPIOE) || defined (GPIOF) || defined (GPIOG) || defined (GPIOH) || defined (GPIOI) || defined (GPIOJ) || defined (GPIOK) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+258
@@ -0,0 +1,258 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_i2c.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief I2C LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_i2c.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (I2C1) || defined (I2C2) || defined (I2C3) || defined (I2C4)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup I2C_LL I2C
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_I2C) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_HOST) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_MODE_SMBUS_DEVICE_ARP))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_DISABLE))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000000FU)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x000003FFU)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_ACK) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_NACK))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT) || \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) == LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_10BIT))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup I2C_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize the I2C registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @param I2Cx I2C Instance.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: I2C registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: I2C registers are not de-initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_I2C_DeInit(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
|
||||
|
||||
if (I2Cx == I2C1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (I2Cx == I2C2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C2);
|
||||
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (I2Cx == I2C3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined(I2C4)
|
||||
else if (I2Cx == I2C4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of I2C clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of I2C clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_I2C4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the I2C registers according to the specified parameters in I2C_InitStruct.
|
||||
* @param I2Cx I2C Instance.
|
||||
* @param I2C_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: I2C registers are initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: Not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
uint32_t LL_I2C_Init(I2C_TypeDef *I2Cx, LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the I2C Instance I2Cx */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2C_ALL_INSTANCE(I2Cx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the I2C parameters from I2C_InitStruct */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_PERIPHERAL_MODE(I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_ANALOG_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_DIGITAL_FILTER(I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRESS1(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_TYPE_ACKNOWLEDGE(I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_I2C_OWN_ADDRSIZE(I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
|
||||
LL_I2C_Disable(I2Cx);
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
|
||||
* Configure the analog and digital noise filters with parameters :
|
||||
* - AnalogFilter: I2C_CR1_ANFOFF bit
|
||||
* - DigitalFilter: I2C_CR1_DNF[3:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_I2C_ConfigFilters(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter, I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter);
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- I2Cx TIMINGR Configuration --------------------
|
||||
* Configure the SDA setup, hold time and the SCL high, low period with parameter :
|
||||
* - Timing: I2C_TIMINGR_PRESC[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SCLDEL[3:0], I2C_TIMINGR_SDADEL[3:0],
|
||||
* I2C_TIMINGR_SCLH[7:0] and I2C_TIMINGR_SCLL[7:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_I2C_SetTiming(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->Timing);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the selected I2Cx Peripheral */
|
||||
LL_I2C_Enable(I2Cx);
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- I2Cx OAR1 Configuration -----------------------
|
||||
* Disable, Configure and Enable I2Cx device own address 1 with parameters :
|
||||
* - OwnAddress1: I2C_OAR1_OA1[9:0] bits
|
||||
* - OwnAddrSize: I2C_OAR1_OA1MODE bit
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_I2C_DisableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
|
||||
LL_I2C_SetOwnAddress1(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1, I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize);
|
||||
LL_I2C_EnableOwnAddress1(I2Cx);
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- I2Cx MODE Configuration -----------------------
|
||||
* Configure I2Cx peripheral mode with parameter :
|
||||
* - PeripheralMode: I2C_CR1_SMBDEN and I2C_CR1_SMBHEN bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_I2C_SetMode(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode);
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- I2Cx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
|
||||
* Configure the ACKnowledge or Non ACKnowledge condition
|
||||
* after the address receive match code or next received byte with parameter :
|
||||
* - TypeAcknowledge: I2C_CR2_NACK bit
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_I2C_AcknowledgeNextData(I2Cx, I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge);
|
||||
|
||||
return SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param I2C_InitStruct Pointer to a @ref LL_I2C_InitTypeDef structure.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_I2C_StructInit(LL_I2C_InitTypeDef *I2C_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set I2C_InitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
I2C_InitStruct->PeripheralMode = LL_I2C_MODE_I2C;
|
||||
I2C_InitStruct->Timing = 0U;
|
||||
I2C_InitStruct->AnalogFilter = LL_I2C_ANALOGFILTER_ENABLE;
|
||||
I2C_InitStruct->DigitalFilter = 0U;
|
||||
I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddress1 = 0U;
|
||||
I2C_InitStruct->TypeAcknowledge = LL_I2C_NACK;
|
||||
I2C_InitStruct->OwnAddrSize = LL_I2C_OWNADDRESS1_7BIT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* I2C1 || I2C2 || I2C3 || I2C4 */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+212
@@ -0,0 +1,212 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_lptim.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief LPTIM LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_lptim.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (LPTIM1) || defined (LPTIM2)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_INTERNAL) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_EXTERNAL))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV2) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV4) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV8) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV16) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV32) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV64) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV128))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LPTIM_WAVEFORM(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_PWM) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_SETONCE))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_REGULAR) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_INVERSE))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup LPTIM_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set LPTIMx registers to their reset values.
|
||||
* @param LPTIMx LP Timer instance
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: LPTIMx registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: invalid LPTIMx instance
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_LPTIM_DeInit(LPTIM_TypeDef* LPTIMx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus result = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(LPTIMx));
|
||||
|
||||
if (LPTIMx == LPTIM1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPTIM1);
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_LPTIM1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#if defined(LPTIM2)
|
||||
else if (LPTIMx == LPTIM2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP2_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPTIM2);
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP2_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP2_PERIPH_LPTIM2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each fields of the LPTIM_InitStruct structure to its default
|
||||
* value.
|
||||
* @param LPTIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_LPTIM_StructInit(LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef* LPTIM_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the default configuration */
|
||||
LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource = LL_LPTIM_CLK_SOURCE_INTERNAL;
|
||||
LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler = LL_LPTIM_PRESCALER_DIV1;
|
||||
LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform = LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_WAVEFORM_PWM;
|
||||
LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity = LL_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY_REGULAR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Configure the LPTIMx peripheral according to the specified parameters.
|
||||
* @note LL_LPTIM_Init can only be called when the LPTIM instance is disabled.
|
||||
* @note LPTIMx can be disabled using unitary function @ref LL_LPTIM_Disable().
|
||||
* @param LPTIMx LP Timer Instance
|
||||
* @param LPTIM_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: LPTIMx instance has been initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: LPTIMx instance hasn't been initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_LPTIM_Init(LPTIM_TypeDef * LPTIMx, LL_LPTIM_InitTypeDef* LPTIM_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus result = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* The LPTIMx_CFGR register must only be modified when the LPTIM is disabled
|
||||
(ENABLE bit is reset to 0).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (LL_LPTIM_IsEnabled(LPTIMx))
|
||||
{
|
||||
result = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_INSTANCE(LPTIMx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_SOURCE(LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_CLOCK_PRESCALER(LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_WAVEFORM(LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LPTIM_OUTPUT_POLARITY(LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set CKSEL bitfield according to ClockSource value */
|
||||
/* Set PRESC bitfield according to Prescaler value */
|
||||
/* Set WAVE bitfield according to Waveform value */
|
||||
/* Set WAVEPOL bitfield according to Polarity value */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(LPTIMx->CFGR,
|
||||
(LPTIM_CFGR_CKSEL | LPTIM_CFGR_PRESC | LPTIM_CFGR_WAVE| LPTIM_CFGR_WAVPOL),
|
||||
LPTIM_InitStruct->ClockSource | \
|
||||
LPTIM_InitStruct->Prescaler | \
|
||||
LPTIM_InitStruct->Waveform | \
|
||||
LPTIM_InitStruct->Polarity);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return result;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* defined (LPTIM1) || defined (LPTIM2) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+105
@@ -0,0 +1,105 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_pwr.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief PWR LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_pwr.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(PWR)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @defgroup PWR_LL PWR
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup PWR_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize the PWR registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: PWR registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_PWR_DeInit(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of PWR clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of PWR clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_PWR);
|
||||
|
||||
WRITE_REG(PWR->CR2, (PWR_CR2_CWUPF1 | PWR_CR2_CWUPF2 | PWR_CR2_CWUPF3 | PWR_CR2_CWUPF4 | PWR_CR2_CWUPF5 | PWR_CR2_CWUPF6));
|
||||
|
||||
return SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#endif /* defined(PWR) */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+1581
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+116
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_rng.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief RNG LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_rng.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (RNG)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RNG_LL
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RNG_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RNG_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize RNG registers (Registers restored to their default values).
|
||||
* @param RNGx RNG Instance
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: RNG registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_RNG_DeInit(RNG_TypeDef *RNGx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RNG_ALL_INSTANCE(RNGx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable RNG reset state */
|
||||
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_RNG);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release RNG from reset state */
|
||||
LL_AHB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_AHB2_GRP1_PERIPH_RNG);
|
||||
|
||||
return (SUCCESS);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* defined (RNG) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+897
@@ -0,0 +1,897 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_rtc.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief RTC LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_rtc.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_cortex.h"
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(RTC)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Default values used for prescaler */
|
||||
#define RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT 0x0000007FU
|
||||
#define RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT 0x000000FFU
|
||||
|
||||
/* Values used for timeout */
|
||||
#define RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT 1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
|
||||
#define RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT 1000U /* 1s when tick set to 1ms */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_AMPM))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FU)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) <= 0x7FFFU)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_PM))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__HOUR__) (((__HOUR__) > 0U) && ((__HOUR__) <= 12U))
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__HOUR__) ((__HOUR__) <= 23U)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__MINUTES__) ((__MINUTES__) <= 59U)
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__SECONDS__) ((__SECONDS__) <= 59U)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_TUESDAY) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_WEDNESDAY) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_THURSDAY) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_FRIDAY) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SATURDAY) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_SUNDAY))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__DAY__) (((__DAY__) >= 1U) && ((__DAY__) <= 31U))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_FEBRUARY) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_MARCH) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_APRIL) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_MAY) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JUNE) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_JULY) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_AUGUST) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_SEPTEMBER) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_OCTOBER) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_NOVEMBER) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_MONTH_DECEMBER))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__YEAR__) ((__YEAR__) <= 99U)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_HOURS) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_MINUTES) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_SECONDS) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_ALL))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_DATEWEEKDAY) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_HOURS) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_MINUTES) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_SECONDS) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_ALL))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
|
||||
((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(__SEL__) (((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE) || \
|
||||
((__SEL__) == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_WEEKDAY))
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup RTC_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-Initializes the RTC registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @note This function doesn't reset the RTC Clock source and RTC Backup Data
|
||||
* registers.
|
||||
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not de-initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DeInit(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set Initialization mode */
|
||||
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Reset TR, DR and CR registers */
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT)
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, WUTR, RTC_WUTR_WUT);
|
||||
#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, DR , (RTC_DR_WDU_0 | RTC_DR_MU_0 | RTC_DR_DU_0));
|
||||
/* Reset All CR bits except CR[2:0] */
|
||||
#if defined(RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT)
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CR, (LL_RTC_ReadReg(RTCx, CR) & RTC_CR_WUCKSEL));
|
||||
#else
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
#endif /* RTC_WAKEUP_SUPPORT */
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, PRER, (RTC_PRER_PREDIV_A | RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT));
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMAR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMBR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, SHIFTR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, CALR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMASSR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ALRMBSSR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset ISR register and exit initialization mode */
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, ISR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset Tamper and alternate functions configuration register */
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, TAMPCR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Reset Option register */
|
||||
LL_RTC_WriteReg(RTCx, OR, 0x00000000U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait till the RTC RSF flag is set */
|
||||
status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the RTC registers according to the specified parameters
|
||||
* in RTC_InitStruct.
|
||||
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
|
||||
* @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the RTC peripheral.
|
||||
* @note The RTC Prescaler register is write protected and can be written in
|
||||
* initialization mode only.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT(RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ASYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SYNCH_PREDIV(RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set Initialization mode */
|
||||
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set Hour Format */
|
||||
LL_RTC_SetHourFormat(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure Synchronous and Asynchronous prescaler factor */
|
||||
LL_RTC_SetSynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler);
|
||||
LL_RTC_SetAsynchPrescaler(RTCx, RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exit Initialization mode */
|
||||
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param RTC_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_InitTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_RTC_StructInit(LL_RTC_InitTypeDef *RTC_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set RTC_InitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
RTC_InitStruct->HourFormat = LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR;
|
||||
RTC_InitStruct->AsynchPrescaler = RTC_ASYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
|
||||
RTC_InitStruct->SynchPrescaler = RTC_SYNCH_PRESC_DEFAULT;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the RTC current time.
|
||||
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
|
||||
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
|
||||
* @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a RTC_TimeTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the time configuration information for the RTC.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: RTC Time register is configured
|
||||
* - ERROR: RTC Time register is not configured
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_TIME_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
|
||||
|
||||
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours));
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = 0x00U;
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes)));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set Initialization mode */
|
||||
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the input parameters format */
|
||||
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, RTC_TimeStruct->Hours,
|
||||
RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes, RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RTC_TIME_Config(RTCx, RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Hours),
|
||||
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes),
|
||||
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exit Initialization mode */
|
||||
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTC);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
|
||||
if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef field to default value (Time = 00h:00min:00sec).
|
||||
* @param RTC_TimeStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_RTC_TIME_StructInit(LL_RTC_TimeTypeDef *RTC_TimeStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Time = 00h:00min:00sec */
|
||||
RTC_TimeStruct->TimeFormat = LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT_AM_OR_24;
|
||||
RTC_TimeStruct->Hours = 0U;
|
||||
RTC_TimeStruct->Minutes = 0U;
|
||||
RTC_TimeStruct->Seconds = 0U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the RTC current date.
|
||||
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
|
||||
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
|
||||
* @param RTC_DateStruct: pointer to a RTC_DateTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the date configuration information for the RTC.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: RTC Day register is configured
|
||||
* - ERROR: RTC Day register is not configured
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_DATE_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
|
||||
|
||||
if ((RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN) && ((RTC_DateStruct->Month & 0x10U) == 0x10U))
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC_DateStruct->Month = (RTC_DateStruct->Month & (uint32_t)~(0x10U)) + 0x0AU;
|
||||
}
|
||||
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(RTC_DateStruct->Month));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_DateStruct->Day));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_YEAR(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Year)));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MONTH(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Month)));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_DateStruct->Day)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set Initialization mode */
|
||||
if (LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTCx) != ERROR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the input parameters format */
|
||||
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, RTC_DateStruct->Day, RTC_DateStruct->Month, RTC_DateStruct->Year);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RTC_DATE_Config(RTCx, RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Day),
|
||||
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Month), __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_DateStruct->Year));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exit Initialization mode */
|
||||
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTC);
|
||||
|
||||
/* If RTC_CR_BYPSHAD bit = 0, wait for synchro else this check is not needed */
|
||||
if (LL_RTC_IsShadowRegBypassEnabled(RTCx) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTCx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef field to default value (date = Monday, January 01 xx00)
|
||||
* @param RTC_DateStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_DateTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_RTC_DATE_StructInit(LL_RTC_DateTypeDef *RTC_DateStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Monday, January 01 xx00 */
|
||||
RTC_DateStruct->WeekDay = LL_RTC_WEEKDAY_MONDAY;
|
||||
RTC_DateStruct->Day = 1U;
|
||||
RTC_DateStruct->Month = LL_RTC_MONTH_JANUARY;
|
||||
RTC_DateStruct->Year = 0U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the RTC Alarm A.
|
||||
* @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
|
||||
* is disabled (Use @ref LL_RTC_ALMA_Disable function).
|
||||
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
|
||||
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
|
||||
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
|
||||
* contains the alarm configuration parameters.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: ALARMA registers are configured
|
||||
* - ERROR: ALARMA registers are not configured
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMA_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMA_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
|
||||
|
||||
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
|
||||
|
||||
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
|
||||
|
||||
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select weekday selection */
|
||||
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the date for ALARM */
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMA_DisableWeekday(RTCx);
|
||||
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the week day for ALARM */
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMA_EnableWeekday(RTCx);
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the Alarm register */
|
||||
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours,
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMA_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat,
|
||||
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours),
|
||||
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes),
|
||||
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Set ALARM mask */
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMA_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
return SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set the RTC Alarm B.
|
||||
* @note The Alarm register can only be written when the corresponding Alarm
|
||||
* is disabled (@ref LL_RTC_ALMB_Disable function).
|
||||
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
|
||||
* @param RTC_Format This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_RTC_FORMAT_BCD
|
||||
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure that
|
||||
* contains the alarm configuration parameters.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: ALARMB registers are configured
|
||||
* - ERROR: ALARMB registers are not configured
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ALMB_Init(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx, uint32_t RTC_Format, LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_FORMAT(RTC_Format));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_ALMB_DATE_WEEKDAY_SEL(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel));
|
||||
|
||||
if (RTC_Format == LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours));
|
||||
}
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
|
||||
|
||||
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (LL_RTC_GetHourFormat(RTCx) != LL_RTC_HOURFORMAT_24HOUR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR12(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_TIME_FORMAT(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = 0x00U;
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_HOUR24(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_MINUTES(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes)));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_SECONDS(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds)));
|
||||
|
||||
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_DAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_RTC_WEEKDAY(__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BCD2BIN(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay)));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Select weekday selection */
|
||||
if (RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel == LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the date for ALARM */
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMB_DisableWeekday(RTCx);
|
||||
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetDay(RTCx, __LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the week day for ALARM */
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMB_EnableWeekday(RTCx);
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetWeekDay(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the Alarm register */
|
||||
if (RTC_Format != LL_RTC_FORMAT_BIN)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours,
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMB_ConfigTime(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat,
|
||||
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours),
|
||||
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes),
|
||||
__LL_RTC_CONVERT_BIN2BCD(RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds));
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Set ALARM mask */
|
||||
LL_RTC_ALMB_SetMask(RTCx, RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable the write protection for RTC registers */
|
||||
LL_RTC_EnableWriteProtection(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
return SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
|
||||
* Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
|
||||
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_RTC_ALMA_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMA_TIME_FORMAT_AM;
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours = 0U;
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes = 0U;
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMA_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay = 1U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask = LL_RTC_ALMA_MASK_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef of ALARMA field to default value (Time = 00h:00mn:00sec /
|
||||
* Day = 1st day of the month/Mask = all fields are masked).
|
||||
* @param RTC_AlarmStruct pointer to a @ref LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef structure which will be initialized.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_RTC_ALMB_StructInit(LL_RTC_AlarmTypeDef *RTC_AlarmStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Alarm Time Settings : Time = 00h:00mn:00sec */
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.TimeFormat = LL_RTC_ALMB_TIME_FORMAT_AM;
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Hours = 0U;
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Minutes = 0U;
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmTime.Seconds = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Alarm Day Settings : Day = 1st day of the month */
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDaySel = LL_RTC_ALMB_DATEWEEKDAYSEL_DATE;
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmDateWeekDay = 1U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Alarm Masks Settings : Mask = all fields are not masked */
|
||||
RTC_AlarmStruct->AlarmMask = LL_RTC_ALMB_MASK_NONE;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Enters the RTC Initialization mode.
|
||||
* @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
|
||||
* @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
|
||||
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: RTC is in Init mode
|
||||
* - ERROR: RTC is not in Init mode
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_EnterInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_INITMODE_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if the Initialization mode is set */
|
||||
if (LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the Initialization mode */
|
||||
LL_RTC_EnableInitMode(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait till RTC is in INIT state and if Time out is reached exit */
|
||||
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
|
||||
while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
timeout --;
|
||||
}
|
||||
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_INIT(RTCx);
|
||||
if (timeout == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Exit the RTC Initialization mode.
|
||||
* @note When the initialization sequence is complete, the calendar restarts
|
||||
* counting after 4 RTCCLK cycles.
|
||||
* @note The RTC Initialization mode is write protected, use the
|
||||
* @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
|
||||
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: RTC exited from in Init mode
|
||||
* - ERROR: Not applicable
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_ExitInitMode(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Disable initialization mode */
|
||||
LL_RTC_DisableInitMode(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
return SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Waits until the RTC Time and Day registers (RTC_TR and RTC_DR) are
|
||||
* synchronized with RTC APB clock.
|
||||
* @note The RTC Resynchronization mode is write protected, use the
|
||||
* @ref LL_RTC_DisableWriteProtection before calling this function.
|
||||
* @note To read the calendar through the shadow registers after Calendar
|
||||
* initialization, calendar update or after wakeup from low power modes
|
||||
* the software must first clear the RSF flag.
|
||||
* The software must then wait until it is set again before reading
|
||||
* the calendar, which means that the calendar registers have been
|
||||
* correctly copied into the RTC_TR and RTC_DR shadow registers.
|
||||
* @param RTCx RTC Instance
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: RTC registers are synchronised
|
||||
* - ERROR: RTC registers are not synchronised
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_RTC_WaitForSynchro(RTC_TypeDef *RTCx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameter */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_RTC_ALL_INSTANCE(RTCx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Clear RSF flag */
|
||||
LL_RTC_ClearFlag_RS(RTCx);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Wait the registers to be synchronised */
|
||||
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
|
||||
while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 0U))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
timeout--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
|
||||
if (timeout == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
if (status != ERROR)
|
||||
{
|
||||
timeout = RTC_SYNCHRO_TIMEOUT;
|
||||
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
|
||||
while ((timeout != 0U) && (tmp != 1U))
|
||||
{
|
||||
if (LL_SYSTICK_IsActiveCounterFlag() == 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
timeout--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
tmp = LL_RTC_IsActiveFlag_RS(RTCx);
|
||||
if (timeout == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* defined(RTC) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+1504
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+589
@@ -0,0 +1,589 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_spi.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief SPI LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_spi.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_rcc.h"
|
||||
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) || defined (SPI3) || defined(SPI4) || defined(SPI5) || defined(SPI6)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup SPI_LL
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Constants SPI Private Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* SPI registers Masks */
|
||||
#define SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK (SPI_CR1_CPHA | SPI_CR1_CPOL | SPI_CR1_MSTR | \
|
||||
SPI_CR1_BR | SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST | SPI_CR1_SSI | \
|
||||
SPI_CR1_SSM | SPI_CR1_RXONLY | SPI_CR1_CRCL | \
|
||||
SPI_CR1_CRCNEXT | SPI_CR1_CRCEN | SPI_CR1_BIDIOE | \
|
||||
SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE)
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup SPI_LL_Private_Macros SPI Private Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_SIMPLEX_RX) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_RX) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_HALF_DUPLEX_TX))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_SPI_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_MASTER) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_4BIT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_5BIT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_6BIT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_7BIT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_9BIT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_10BIT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_11BIT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_12BIT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_13BIT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_14BIT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_15BIT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_16BIT))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_POLARITY_HIGH))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_PHASE_2EDGE))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_SPI_NSS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_SOFT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV4) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV8) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV16) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV32) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV64) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV128) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV256))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_LSB_FIRST) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x1U)
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup SPI_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize the SPI registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined(SPI1)
|
||||
if (SPIx == SPI1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of SPI clock */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of SPI clock */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI1);
|
||||
|
||||
status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SPI1 */
|
||||
#if defined(SPI2)
|
||||
if (SPIx == SPI2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of SPI clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of SPI clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI2);
|
||||
|
||||
status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SPI2 */
|
||||
#if defined(SPI3)
|
||||
if (SPIx == SPI3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of SPI clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of SPI clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI3);
|
||||
|
||||
status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SPI3 */
|
||||
#if defined(SPI4)
|
||||
if (SPIx == SPI4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of SPI clock */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of SPI clock */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI4);
|
||||
|
||||
status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SPI4 */
|
||||
#if defined(SPI5)
|
||||
if (SPIx == SPI5)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of SPI clock */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI5);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of SPI clock */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI5);
|
||||
|
||||
status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SPI5 */
|
||||
#if defined(SPI6)
|
||||
if (SPIx == SPI6)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of SPI clock */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI6);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of SPI clock */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_SPI6);
|
||||
|
||||
status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
#endif /* SPI6 */
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize the SPI registers according to the specified parameters in SPI_InitStruct.
|
||||
* @note As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
|
||||
* SPI IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
|
||||
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
|
||||
* @param SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value. (Return always SUCCESS)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_SPI_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the SPI Instance SPIx*/
|
||||
assert_param(IS_SPI_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the SPI parameters from SPI_InitStruct*/
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_TRANSFER_DIRECTION(SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_MODE(SPI_InitStruct->Mode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH(SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_POLARITY(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_PHASE(SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_NSS(SPI_InitStruct->NSS));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BAUDRATE(SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_BITORDER(SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION(SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation));
|
||||
|
||||
if (LL_SPI_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*---------------------------- SPIx CR1 Configuration ------------------------
|
||||
* Configure SPIx CR1 with parameters:
|
||||
* - TransferDirection: SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE, SPI_CR1_BIDIOE and SPI_CR1_RXONLY bits
|
||||
* - Master/Slave Mode: SPI_CR1_MSTR bit
|
||||
* - ClockPolarity: SPI_CR1_CPOL bit
|
||||
* - ClockPhase: SPI_CR1_CPHA bit
|
||||
* - NSS management: SPI_CR1_SSM bit
|
||||
* - BaudRate prescaler: SPI_CR1_BR[2:0] bits
|
||||
* - BitOrder: SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST bit
|
||||
* - CRCCalculation: SPI_CR1_CRCEN bit
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR1,
|
||||
SPI_CR1_CLEAR_MASK,
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection | SPI_InitStruct->Mode |
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity | SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase |
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->NSS | SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate |
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder | SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation);
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- SPIx CR2 Configuration ------------------------
|
||||
* Configure SPIx CR2 with parameters:
|
||||
* - DataWidth: DS[3:0] bits
|
||||
* - NSS management: SSOE bit
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(SPIx->CR2,
|
||||
SPI_CR2_DS | SPI_CR2_SSOE,
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth | (SPI_InitStruct->NSS >> 16U));
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- SPIx CRCPR Configuration ----------------------
|
||||
* Configure SPIx CRCPR with parameters:
|
||||
* - CRCPoly: CRCPOLY[15:0] bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation == LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly));
|
||||
LL_SPI_SetCRCPolynomial(SPIx, SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly);
|
||||
}
|
||||
status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Activate the SPI mode (Reset I2SMOD bit in I2SCFGR register) */
|
||||
CLEAR_BIT(SPIx->I2SCFGR, SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param SPI_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_SPI_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_SPI_StructInit(LL_SPI_InitTypeDef *SPI_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set SPI_InitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_SPI_FULL_DUPLEX;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->Mode = LL_SPI_MODE_SLAVE;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_SPI_DATAWIDTH_8BIT;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_SPI_POLARITY_LOW;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->ClockPhase = LL_SPI_PHASE_1EDGE;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->NSS = LL_SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->BaudRate = LL_SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_DIV2;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->BitOrder = LL_SPI_MSB_FIRST;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->CRCCalculation = LL_SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
|
||||
SPI_InitStruct->CRCPoly = 7U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup I2S_LL
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Constants I2S Private Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* I2S registers Masks */
|
||||
#define I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK (SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN | SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN | \
|
||||
SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD | \
|
||||
SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG | SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD )
|
||||
|
||||
#define I2S_I2SPR_CLEAR_MASK 0x0002U
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup I2S_LL_Private_Macros I2S Private Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B_EXTENDED) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_24B) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_32B))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_POLARITY_HIGH))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_MSB) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_LSB) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_SHORT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_STANDARD_PCM_LONG))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_I2S_MODE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_RX) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_TX) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MODE_MASTER_RX))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(__VALUE__) ((((__VALUE__) >= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_8K) \
|
||||
&& ((__VALUE__) <= LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_192K)) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(__VALUE__) ((__VALUE__) >= 0x2U)
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup I2S_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize the SPI/I2S registers to their default reset values.
|
||||
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: SPI registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: SPI registers are not de-initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_I2S_DeInit(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
return LL_SPI_DeInit(SPIx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initializes the SPI/I2S registers according to the specified parameters in I2S_InitStruct.
|
||||
* @note As some bits in SPI configuration registers can only be written when the SPI is disabled (SPI_CR1_SPE bit =0),
|
||||
* SPI IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
|
||||
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
|
||||
* @param I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: SPI registers are Initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: SPI registers are not Initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_I2S_Init(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint16_t i2sdiv = 2U, i2sodd = 0U, packetlength = 1U;
|
||||
uint32_t tmp = 0U;
|
||||
uint32_t sourceclock = 0U;
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the I2S parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MODE(I2S_InitStruct->Mode));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_STANDARD(I2S_InitStruct->Standard));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT(I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT(I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_AUDIO_FREQ(I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_CPOL(I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity));
|
||||
|
||||
if (LL_I2S_IsEnabled(SPIx) == 0x00000000U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*---------------------------- SPIx I2SCFGR Configuration --------------------
|
||||
* Configure SPIx I2SCFGR with parameters:
|
||||
* - Mode: SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SCFG[1:0] bit
|
||||
* - Standard: SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SSTD[1:0] and SPI_I2SCFGR_PCMSYNC bits
|
||||
* - DataFormat: SPI_I2SCFGR_CHLEN and SPI_I2SCFGR_DATLEN bits
|
||||
* - ClockPolarity: SPI_I2SCFGR_CKPOL bit
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write to SPIx I2SCFGR */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SCFGR,
|
||||
I2S_I2SCFGR_CLEAR_MASK,
|
||||
I2S_InitStruct->Mode | I2S_InitStruct->Standard |
|
||||
I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat | I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity |
|
||||
SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD);
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- SPIx I2SPR Configuration ----------------------
|
||||
* Configure SPIx I2SPR with parameters:
|
||||
* - MCLKOutput: SPI_I2SPR_MCKOE bit
|
||||
* - AudioFreq: SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV[7:0] and SPI_I2SPR_ODD bits
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* If the requested audio frequency is not the default, compute the prescaler (i2sodd, i2sdiv)
|
||||
* else, default values are used: i2sodd = 0U, i2sdiv = 2U.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq != LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the frame length (For the Prescaler computing)
|
||||
* Default value: LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B (packetlength = 1U).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat != LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Packet length is 32 bits */
|
||||
packetlength = 2U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* If an external I2S clock has to be used, the specific define should be set
|
||||
in the project configuration or in the stm32f7xx_ll_rcc.h file */
|
||||
/* Get the I2S source clock value */
|
||||
sourceclock = LL_RCC_GetI2SClockFreq(LL_RCC_I2S1_CLKSOURCE);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute the Real divider depending on the MCLK output state with a floating point */
|
||||
if (I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput == LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_ENABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* MCLK output is enabled */
|
||||
tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / 256U) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* MCLK output is disabled */
|
||||
tmp = (uint16_t)(((((sourceclock / (32U * packetlength)) * 10U) / I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq)) + 5U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Remove the floating point */
|
||||
tmp = tmp / 10U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parity of the divider */
|
||||
i2sodd = (uint16_t)(tmp & (uint16_t)0x0001U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Compute the i2sdiv prescaler */
|
||||
i2sdiv = (uint16_t)((tmp - i2sodd) / 2U);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Get the Mask for the Odd bit (SPI_I2SPR[8]) register */
|
||||
i2sodd = (uint16_t)(i2sodd << 8U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Test if the divider is 1 or 0 or greater than 0xFF */
|
||||
if ((i2sdiv < 2U) || (i2sdiv > 0xFFU))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set the default values */
|
||||
i2sdiv = 2U;
|
||||
i2sodd = 0U;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write to SPIx I2SPR register the computed value */
|
||||
WRITE_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, i2sdiv | i2sodd | I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput);
|
||||
|
||||
status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param I2S_InitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_I2S_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_I2S_StructInit(LL_I2S_InitTypeDef *I2S_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*--------------- Reset I2S init structure parameters values -----------------*/
|
||||
I2S_InitStruct->Mode = LL_I2S_MODE_SLAVE_TX;
|
||||
I2S_InitStruct->Standard = LL_I2S_STANDARD_PHILIPS;
|
||||
I2S_InitStruct->DataFormat = LL_I2S_DATAFORMAT_16B;
|
||||
I2S_InitStruct->MCLKOutput = LL_I2S_MCLK_OUTPUT_DISABLE;
|
||||
I2S_InitStruct->AudioFreq = LL_I2S_AUDIOFREQ_DEFAULT;
|
||||
I2S_InitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_I2S_POLARITY_LOW;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set linear and parity prescaler.
|
||||
* @note To calculate value of PrescalerLinear(I2SDIV[7:0] bits) and PrescalerParity(ODD bit)\n
|
||||
* Check Audio frequency table and formulas inside Reference Manual (SPI/I2S).
|
||||
* @param SPIx SPI Instance
|
||||
* @param PrescalerLinear value: Min_Data=0x02 and Max_Data=0xFF.
|
||||
* @param PrescalerParity This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_EVEN
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY_ODD
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_I2S_ConfigPrescaler(SPI_TypeDef *SPIx, uint32_t PrescalerLinear, uint32_t PrescalerParity)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check the I2S parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_I2S_ALL_INSTANCE(SPIx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_LINEAR(PrescalerLinear));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_I2S_PRESCALER_PARITY(PrescalerParity));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Write to SPIx I2SPR */
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(SPIx->I2SPR, SPI_I2SPR_I2SDIV | SPI_I2SPR_ODD, PrescalerLinear | (PrescalerParity << 8U));
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* defined (SPI1) || defined (SPI2) || defined (SPI3) || defined(SPI4) || defined(SPI5) || defined(SPI6) */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Executable
+1396
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+463
@@ -0,0 +1,463 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_usart.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief USART LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#if defined(USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER)
|
||||
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_usart.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_rcc.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_bus.h"
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#if defined (USART1) || defined (USART2) || defined (USART3) || defined (USART6) || defined (UART4) || defined (UART5) || defined (UART7) || defined (UART8)
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup USART_LL
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* __BAUDRATE__ The maximum Baud Rate is derived from the maximum clock available
|
||||
* divided by the smallest oversampling used on the USART (i.e. 8) */
|
||||
#define IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(__BAUDRATE__) ((__BAUDRATE__) <= 27000000U)
|
||||
|
||||
/* __VALUE__ In case of oversampling by 16 and 8, BRR content must be greater than or equal to 16d. */
|
||||
#define IS_LL_USART_BRR(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) >= 16U) \
|
||||
&& ((__VALUE__) <= 0x0000FFFFU))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_NONE) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_RX) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_USART_PARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_NONE) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_EVEN) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PARITY_ODD))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_7B) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_9B))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_8))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_OUTPUT))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_PHASE_2EDGE))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_POLARITY_HIGH))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_CLOCK_ENABLE))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_0_5) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_1_5) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_STOPBITS_2))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_CTS) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_USART_HWCONTROL_RTS_CTS))
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup USART_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup USART_LL_EF_Init
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief De-initialize USART registers (Registers restored to their default values).
|
||||
* @param USARTx USART Instance
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: USART registers are de-initialized
|
||||
* - ERROR: USART registers are not de-initialized
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_USART_DeInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
|
||||
|
||||
if (USARTx == USART1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of USART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART1);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of USART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART1);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == USART2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of USART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of USART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART2);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == USART3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of USART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of USART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_USART3);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == USART6)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of USART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART6);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of USART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB2_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB2_GRP1_PERIPH_USART6);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == UART4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of UART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART4);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of UART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART4);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == UART5)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of UART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART5);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of UART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART5);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == UART7)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of UART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART7);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of UART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART7);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == UART8)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Force reset of UART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ForceReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART8);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Release reset of UART clock */
|
||||
LL_APB1_GRP1_ReleaseReset(LL_APB1_GRP1_PERIPH_UART8);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize USART registers according to the specified
|
||||
* parameters in USART_InitStruct.
|
||||
* @note As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
|
||||
* USART IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
|
||||
* @note Baud rate value stored in USART_InitStruct BaudRate field, should be valid (different from 0).
|
||||
* @param USARTx USART Instance
|
||||
* @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* that contains the configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: USART registers are initialized according to USART_InitStruct content
|
||||
* - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_USART_Init(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = ERROR;
|
||||
uint32_t periphclk = LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BAUDRATE(USART_InitStruct->BaudRate));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DATAWIDTH(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_STOPBITS(USART_InitStruct->StopBits));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_PARITY(USART_InitStruct->Parity));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_DIRECTION(USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_HWCONTROL(USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING(USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
|
||||
CRx registers */
|
||||
if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*---------------------------- USART CR1 Configuration ---------------------
|
||||
* Configure USARTx CR1 (USART Word Length, Parity, Mode and Oversampling bits) with parameters:
|
||||
* - DataWidth: USART_CR1_M bits according to USART_InitStruct->DataWidth value
|
||||
* - Parity: USART_CR1_PCE, USART_CR1_PS bits according to USART_InitStruct->Parity value
|
||||
* - TransferDirection: USART_CR1_TE, USART_CR1_RE bits according to USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection value
|
||||
* - Oversampling: USART_CR1_OVER8 bit according to USART_InitStruct->OverSampling value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR1,
|
||||
(USART_CR1_M | USART_CR1_PCE | USART_CR1_PS |
|
||||
USART_CR1_TE | USART_CR1_RE | USART_CR1_OVER8),
|
||||
(USART_InitStruct->DataWidth | USART_InitStruct->Parity |
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection | USART_InitStruct->OverSampling));
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration ---------------------
|
||||
* Configure USARTx CR2 (Stop bits) with parameters:
|
||||
* - Stop Bits: USART_CR2_STOP bits according to USART_InitStruct->StopBits value.
|
||||
* - CLKEN, CPOL, CPHA and LBCL bits are to be configured using LL_USART_ClockInit().
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_USART_SetStopBitsLength(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->StopBits);
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- USART CR3 Configuration ---------------------
|
||||
* Configure USARTx CR3 (Hardware Flow Control) with parameters:
|
||||
* - HardwareFlowControl: USART_CR3_RTSE, USART_CR3_CTSE bits according to USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_USART_SetHWFlowCtrl(USARTx, USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl);
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- USART BRR Configuration ---------------------
|
||||
* Retrieve Clock frequency used for USART Peripheral
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if (USARTx == USART1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART1_CLKSOURCE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == USART2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART2_CLKSOURCE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == USART3)
|
||||
{
|
||||
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART3_CLKSOURCE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == USART6)
|
||||
{
|
||||
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUSARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_USART6_CLKSOURCE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == UART4)
|
||||
{
|
||||
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_UART4_CLKSOURCE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == UART5)
|
||||
{
|
||||
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_UART5_CLKSOURCE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == UART7)
|
||||
{
|
||||
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_UART7_CLKSOURCE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if (USARTx == UART8)
|
||||
{
|
||||
periphclk = LL_RCC_GetUARTClockFreq(LL_RCC_UART8_CLKSOURCE);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Nothing to do, as error code is already assigned to ERROR value */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure the USART Baud Rate :
|
||||
- valid baud rate value (different from 0) is required
|
||||
- Peripheral clock as returned by RCC service, should be valid (different from 0).
|
||||
*/
|
||||
if ((periphclk != LL_RCC_PERIPH_FREQUENCY_NO)
|
||||
&& (USART_InitStruct->BaudRate != 0U))
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
LL_USART_SetBaudRate(USARTx,
|
||||
periphclk,
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->OverSampling,
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->BaudRate);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check BRR is greater than or equal to 16d */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_BRR(USARTx->BRR));
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Endif (=> USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR) */
|
||||
|
||||
return (status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef field to default value.
|
||||
* @param USART_InitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_USART_InitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
void LL_USART_StructInit(LL_USART_InitTypeDef *USART_InitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set USART_InitStruct fields to default values */
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->BaudRate = 9600U;
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->DataWidth = LL_USART_DATAWIDTH_8B;
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->StopBits = LL_USART_STOPBITS_1;
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->Parity = LL_USART_PARITY_NONE ;
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->TransferDirection = LL_USART_DIRECTION_TX_RX;
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->HardwareFlowControl = LL_USART_HWCONTROL_NONE;
|
||||
USART_InitStruct->OverSampling = LL_USART_OVERSAMPLING_16;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Initialize USART Clock related settings according to the
|
||||
* specified parameters in the USART_ClockInitStruct.
|
||||
* @note As some bits in USART configuration registers can only be written when the USART is disabled (USART_CR1_UE bit =0),
|
||||
* USART IP should be in disabled state prior calling this function. Otherwise, ERROR result will be returned.
|
||||
* @param USARTx USART Instance
|
||||
* @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* that contains the Clock configuration information for the specified USART peripheral.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: USART registers related to Clock settings are initialized according to USART_ClockInitStruct content
|
||||
* - ERROR: Problem occurred during USART Registers initialization
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_USART_ClockInit(USART_TypeDef *USARTx, LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check USART Instance and Clock signal output parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_UART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput));
|
||||
|
||||
/* USART needs to be in disabled state, in order to be able to configure some bits in
|
||||
CRx registers */
|
||||
if (LL_USART_IsEnabled(USARTx) == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------*/
|
||||
/* If Clock signal has to be output */
|
||||
if (USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput == LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Deactivate Clock signal delivery :
|
||||
* - Disable Clock Output: USART_CR2_CLKEN cleared
|
||||
*/
|
||||
LL_USART_DisableSCLKOutput(USARTx);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Ensure USART instance is USART capable */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_USART_INSTANCE(USARTx));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check clock related parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPOLARITY(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_CLOCKPHASE(USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_USART_LASTBITCLKOUTPUT(USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse));
|
||||
|
||||
/*---------------------------- USART CR2 Configuration -----------------------
|
||||
* Configure USARTx CR2 (Clock signal related bits) with parameters:
|
||||
* - Enable Clock Output: USART_CR2_CLKEN set
|
||||
* - Clock Polarity: USART_CR2_CPOL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity value
|
||||
* - Clock Phase: USART_CR2_CPHA bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase value
|
||||
* - Last Bit Clock Pulse Output: USART_CR2_LBCL bit according to USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse value.
|
||||
*/
|
||||
MODIFY_REG(USARTx->CR2,
|
||||
USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_CR2_CPHA | USART_CR2_CPOL | USART_CR2_LBCL,
|
||||
USART_CR2_CLKEN | USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity |
|
||||
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase | USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse);
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Else (USART not in Disabled state => return ERROR */
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return (status);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Set each field of a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef type structure to default value.
|
||||
* @param USART_ClockInitStruct: pointer to a @ref LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef structure
|
||||
* whose fields will be set to default values.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_USART_ClockStructInit(LL_USART_ClockInitTypeDef *USART_ClockInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set LL_USART_ClockInitStruct fields with default values */
|
||||
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE;
|
||||
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPolarity = LL_USART_POLARITY_LOW; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
|
||||
USART_ClockInitStruct->ClockPhase = LL_USART_PHASE_1EDGE; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
|
||||
USART_ClockInitStruct->LastBitClockPulse = LL_USART_LASTCLKPULSE_NO_OUTPUT; /* Not relevant when ClockOutput = LL_USART_CLOCK_DISABLE */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USART1 || USART2 || USART3 || USART6 || UART4 || UART5 || UART7 || UART8 */
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_LL_DRIVER */
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
|
||||
Executable
+1797
File diff suppressed because it is too large
Load Diff
Executable
+757
@@ -0,0 +1,757 @@
|
||||
/**
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @file stm32f7xx_ll_utils.c
|
||||
* @author MCD Application Team
|
||||
* @version V1.2.0
|
||||
* @date 30-December-2016
|
||||
* @brief UTILS LL module driver.
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
* @attention
|
||||
*
|
||||
* <h2><center>© COPYRIGHT(c) 2016 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
|
||||
*
|
||||
* Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
|
||||
* are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
|
||||
* 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
|
||||
* 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
|
||||
* this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
|
||||
* and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
|
||||
* 3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
|
||||
* may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
|
||||
* without specific prior written permission.
|
||||
*
|
||||
* THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
|
||||
* AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
|
||||
* IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
|
||||
* DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
|
||||
* FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
|
||||
* DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
|
||||
* SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
|
||||
* CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
|
||||
* OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
|
||||
* OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
|
||||
*
|
||||
******************************************************************************
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_utils.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_rcc.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_system.h"
|
||||
#include "stm32f7xx_ll_pwr.h"
|
||||
#ifdef USE_FULL_ASSERT
|
||||
#include "stm32_assert.h"
|
||||
#else
|
||||
#define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
|
||||
#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup STM32F7xx_LL_Driver
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private types -------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Constants
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY_SCALE1 216000000U /*!< Maximum frequency for system clock at power scale1, in Hz */
|
||||
#define UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY_SCALE2 180000000U /*!< Maximum frequency for system clock at power scale2, in Hz */
|
||||
#define UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY_SCALE3 144000000U /*!< Maximum frequency for system clock at power scale3, in Hz */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines used for PLL range */
|
||||
#define UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT_MIN 950000U /*!< Frequency min for PLLVCO input, in Hz */
|
||||
#define UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT_MAX 2100000U /*!< Frequency max for PLLVCO input, in Hz */
|
||||
#define UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT_MIN 100000000U /*!< Frequency min for PLLVCO output, in Hz */
|
||||
#define UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT_MAX 432000000U /*!< Frequency max for PLLVCO output, in Hz */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines used for HSE range */
|
||||
#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN 4000000U /*!< Frequency min for HSE frequency, in Hz */
|
||||
#define UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX 26000000U /*!< Frequency max for HSE frequency, in Hz */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Defines used for FLASH latency according to HCLK Frequency */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY1_FREQ 30000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 1 in power scale 1 */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY2_FREQ 60000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 2 in power scale 1 */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY3_FREQ 90000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 3 in power scale 1 */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY4_FREQ 120000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 4 in power scale 1 */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY5_FREQ 150000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 5 in power scale 1 */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY6_FREQ 180000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 6 in power scale 1 with over-drive mode */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY7_FREQ 210000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 7 in power scale 1 with over-drive mode */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE2_LATENCY1_FREQ 30000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 1 in power scale 2 */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE2_LATENCY2_FREQ 60000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 2 in power scale 2 */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE2_LATENCY3_FREQ 90000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 3 in power scale 2 */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE2_LATENCY4_FREQ 120000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 4 in power scale 2 */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE2_LATENCY5_FREQ 150000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 5 in power scale 2 */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE3_LATENCY1_FREQ 30000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 1 in power scale 3 */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE3_LATENCY2_FREQ 60000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 2 in power scale 3 */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE3_LATENCY3_FREQ 90000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 3 in power scale 3 */
|
||||
#define UTILS_SCALE3_LATENCY4_FREQ 120000000U /*!< HCLK frequency to set FLASH latency 4 in power scale 3 */
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Macros
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_1) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_2) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_4) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_8) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_16) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_64) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_128) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_256) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_SYSCLK_DIV_512))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_1) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_2) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_4) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_8) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB1_DIV_16))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_APB2_DIV(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_1) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_2) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_4) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_8) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_APB2_DIV_16))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLM_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_2) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_3) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_4) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_5) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_6) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_7) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_8) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_9) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_10) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_11) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_12) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_13) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_14) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_15) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_16) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_17) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_18) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_19) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_20) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_21) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_22) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_23) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_24) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_25) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_26) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_27) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_28) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_29) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_30) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_31) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_32) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_33) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_34) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_35) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_36) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_37) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_38) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_39) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_40) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_41) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_42) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_43) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_44) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_45) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_46) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_47) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_48) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_49) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_50) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_51) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_52) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_53) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_54) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_55) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_56) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_57) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_58) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_59) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_60) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_61) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_62) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLM_DIV_63))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLN_VALUE(__VALUE__) ((50 <= (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= 432))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLP_VALUE(__VALUE__) (((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLP_DIV_2) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLP_DIV_4) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLP_DIV_6) \
|
||||
|| ((__VALUE__) == LL_RCC_PLLP_DIV_8))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT(__VALUE__) ((UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT_MIN <= (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT_MAX))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT(__VALUE__) ((UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT_MIN <= (__VALUE__)) && ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT_MAX))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(__VALUE__) ((LL_PWR_GetRegulVoltageScaling() == LL_PWR_REGU_VOLTAGE_SCALE1) ? ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY_SCALE1) : \
|
||||
(LL_PWR_GetRegulVoltageScaling() == LL_PWR_REGU_VOLTAGE_SCALE2) ? ((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY_SCALE2) : \
|
||||
((__VALUE__) <= UTILS_MAX_FREQUENCY_SCALE3))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(__STATE__) (((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON) \
|
||||
|| ((__STATE__) == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF))
|
||||
|
||||
#define IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(__FREQUENCY__) (((__FREQUENCY__) >= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MIN) && ((__FREQUENCY__) <= UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY_MAX))
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @defgroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions UTILS Private functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency,
|
||||
LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
|
||||
static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency);
|
||||
static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
|
||||
static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void);
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
|
||||
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Exported_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_EF_DELAY
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function configures the Cortex-M SysTick source to have 1ms time base.
|
||||
* @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid changing the Systick
|
||||
* configuration by calling this function, for a delay use rather osDelay RTOS service.
|
||||
* @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz
|
||||
* @note HCLK frequency can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro or function @ref LL_RCC_GetSystemClocksFreq
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_Init1msTick(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Use frequency provided in argument */
|
||||
LL_InitTick(HCLKFrequency, 1000U);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function provides accurate delay (in milliseconds) based
|
||||
* on SysTick counter flag
|
||||
* @note When a RTOS is used, it is recommended to avoid using blocking delay
|
||||
* and use rather osDelay service.
|
||||
* @note To respect 1ms timebase, user should call @ref LL_Init1msTick function which
|
||||
* will configure Systick to 1ms
|
||||
* @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_mDelay(uint32_t Delay)
|
||||
{
|
||||
__IO uint32_t tmp = SysTick->CTRL; /* Clear the COUNTFLAG first */
|
||||
/* Add this code to indicate that local variable is not used */
|
||||
((void)tmp);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */
|
||||
if(Delay < LL_MAX_DELAY)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Delay++;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
while (Delay)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((SysTick->CTRL & SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk) != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
Delay--;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup UTILS_EF_SYSTEM
|
||||
* @brief System Configuration functions
|
||||
*
|
||||
@verbatim
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
##### System Configuration functions #####
|
||||
===============================================================================
|
||||
[..]
|
||||
System, AHB and APB buses clocks configuration
|
||||
|
||||
(+) The maximum frequency of the SYSCLK, HCLK, PCLK1 and PCLK2 is 216000000 Hz.
|
||||
@endverbatim
|
||||
@internal
|
||||
Depending on the device voltage range, the maximum frequency should be
|
||||
adapted accordingly:
|
||||
(++) +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
||||
(++) | Wait states | HCLK clock frequency (MHz) |
|
||||
(++) | |-------------------------------------------------------------------------------|
|
||||
(++) | (Latency) | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range | voltage range |
|
||||
(++) | | 2.7V - 3.6V | 2.4V - 2.7V | 2.1V - 2.7V | 1.8V - 2.1V |
|
||||
(++) |----------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
|
||||
(++) |0WS(1CPU cycle) | 0 < HCLK <= 30 | 0 < HCLK <= 24 | 0 < HCLK <= 22 | 0 < HCLK <= 20 |
|
||||
(++) |----------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
|
||||
(++) |1WS(2CPU cycle) | 30 < HCLK <= 60 | 24 < HCLK <= 48 | 22 < HCLK <= 44 | 20 < HCLK <= 44 |
|
||||
(++) |----------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
|
||||
(++) |2WS(3CPU cycle) | 60 < HCLK <= 90 | 48 < HCLK <= 72 | 44 < HCLK <= 66 | 40 < HCLK <= 60 |
|
||||
(++) |----------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
|
||||
(++) |3WS(4CPU cycle) | 90 < HCLK <= 120 | 72 < HCLK <= 96 | 66 < HCLK <= 88 | 60 < HCLK <= 80 |
|
||||
(++) |----------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
|
||||
(++) |4WS(5CPU cycle) | 120 < HCLK <= 150 | 96 < HCLK <= 120 | 88 < HCLK <= 110 | 80 < HCLK <= 100 |
|
||||
(++) |----------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
|
||||
(++) |5WS(6CPU cycle) | 150 < HCLK <= 180 | 120 < HCLK <= 144 | 110 < HCLK <= 132 | 100 < HCLK <= 120 |
|
||||
(++) |----------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
|
||||
(++) |6WS(7CPU cycle) | 180 < HCLK <= 210 | 144 < HCLK <= 168 | 132 < HCLK <= 154 | 120 < HCLK <= 140 |
|
||||
(++) |----------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
|
||||
(++) |7WS(8CPU cycle) | 210 < HCLK <= 216 | 168 < HCLK <= 192 | 154 < HCLK <= 176 | 140 < HCLK <= 160 |
|
||||
(++) |----------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
|
||||
(++) |8WS(9CPU cycle) | -- | 192 < HCLK <= 216 | 176 < HCLK <= 198 | 160 < HCLK <= 180 |
|
||||
(++) |----------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|-------------------|
|
||||
(++) |9WS(10CPU cycle)| -- | -- | 198 < HCLK <= 216 | -- |
|
||||
(++) +------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------+
|
||||
|
||||
@endinternal
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function sets directly SystemCoreClock CMSIS variable.
|
||||
* @note Variable can be calculated also through SystemCoreClockUpdate function.
|
||||
* @param HCLKFrequency HCLK frequency in Hz (can be calculated thanks to RCC helper macro)
|
||||
* @retval None
|
||||
*/
|
||||
void LL_SetSystemCoreClock(uint32_t HCLKFrequency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* HCLK clock frequency */
|
||||
SystemCoreClock = HCLKFrequency;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function configures system clock at maximum frequency with HSI as clock source of the PLL
|
||||
* @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
|
||||
* @note Function is based on the following formula:
|
||||
* - PLL output frequency = (((HSI frequency / PLLM) * PLLN) / PLLP)
|
||||
* - PLLM: ensure that the VCO input frequency ranges from 0.95 to 2.1 MHz (PLLVCO_input = HSI frequency / PLLM)
|
||||
* - PLLN: ensure that the VCO output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz (PLLVCO_output = PLLVCO_input * PLLN)
|
||||
* - PLLP: ensure that max frequency at 216000000 Hz is reach (PLLVCO_output / PLLP)
|
||||
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the PLL.
|
||||
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
|
||||
* - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSI(LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct,
|
||||
LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
|
||||
if(UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
|
||||
pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSI_VALUE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable HSI if not enabled */
|
||||
if(LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RCC_HSI_Enable();
|
||||
while (LL_RCC_HSI_IsReady() != 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for HSI ready */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure PLL */
|
||||
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLM, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLN,
|
||||
UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLP);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
|
||||
status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief This function configures system clock with HSE as clock source of the PLL
|
||||
* @note The application need to ensure that PLL is disabled.
|
||||
* @note Function is based on the following formula:
|
||||
* - PLL output frequency = (((HSE frequency / PLLM) * PLLN) / PLLP)
|
||||
* - PLLM: ensure that the VCO input frequency ranges from 0.95 to 2.10 MHz (PLLVCO_input = HSE frequency / PLLM)
|
||||
* - PLLN: ensure that the VCO output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz (PLLVCO_output = PLLVCO_input * PLLN)
|
||||
* - PLLP: ensure that max frequency at 216000000 Hz is reached (PLLVCO_output / PLLP)
|
||||
* @param HSEFrequency Value between Min_Data = 4000000 and Max_Data = 26000000
|
||||
* @param HSEBypass This parameter can be one of the following values:
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON
|
||||
* @arg @ref LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_OFF
|
||||
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the PLL.
|
||||
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: Max frequency configuration done
|
||||
* - ERROR: Max frequency configuration not done
|
||||
*/
|
||||
ErrorStatus LL_PLL_ConfigSystemClock_HSE(uint32_t HSEFrequency, uint32_t HSEBypass,
|
||||
LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_FREQUENCY(HSEFrequency));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_HSE_BYPASS(HSEBypass));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if one of the PLL is enabled */
|
||||
if(UTILS_PLL_IsBusy() == SUCCESS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Calculate the new PLL output frequency */
|
||||
pllfreq = UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(HSEFrequency, UTILS_PLLInitStruct);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable HSE if not enabled */
|
||||
if(LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Check if need to enable HSE bypass feature or not */
|
||||
if(HSEBypass == LL_UTILS_HSEBYPASS_ON)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RCC_HSE_EnableBypass();
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_RCC_HSE_DisableBypass();
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable HSE */
|
||||
LL_RCC_HSE_Enable();
|
||||
while (LL_RCC_HSE_IsReady() != 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for HSE ready */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Configure PLL */
|
||||
LL_RCC_PLL_ConfigDomain_SYS(LL_RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSE, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLM, UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLN,
|
||||
UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLP);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL */
|
||||
status = UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(pllfreq, UTILS_ClkInitStruct);
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Current PLL configuration cannot be modified */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/** @addtogroup UTILS_LL_Private_Functions
|
||||
* @{
|
||||
*/
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Update number of Flash wait states in line with new frequency and current
|
||||
voltage range.
|
||||
* @note This Function support ONLY devices with supply voltage (voltage range) between 2.7V and 3.6V
|
||||
* @param HCLK_Frequency HCLK frequency
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: Latency has been modified
|
||||
* - ERROR: Latency cannot be modified
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static ErrorStatus UTILS_SetFlashLatency(uint32_t HCLK_Frequency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
uint32_t latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0; /* default value 0WS */
|
||||
|
||||
/* Frequency cannot be equal to 0 */
|
||||
if(HCLK_Frequency == 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(LL_PWR_GetRegulVoltageScaling() == LL_PWR_REGU_VOLTAGE_SCALE1)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(LL_PWR_IsEnabledOverDriveMode() != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY7_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 210 < HCLK <= 216 => 7WS (8 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_7;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* (HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY6_FREQ) */
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 180 < HCLK <= 210 => 6WS (7 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_6;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
if((HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY5_FREQ) && (latency == LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 150 < HCLK <= 180 => 5WS (6 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_5;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY4_FREQ) && (latency == LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 120 < HCLK <= 150 => 4WS (5 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY3_FREQ) && (latency == LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 90 < HCLK <= 120 => 3WS (4 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if((HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY2_FREQ) && (latency == LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 60 < HCLK <= 90 => 2WS (3 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if((HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE1_LATENCY1_FREQ) && (latency == LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0))
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 30 < HCLK <= 60 => 1WS (2 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* else HCLK_Frequency < 30MHz default LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(LL_PWR_GetRegulVoltageScaling() == LL_PWR_REGU_VOLTAGE_SCALE2)
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE2_LATENCY5_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 150 < HCLK <= 168 OR 150 < HCLK <= 180 (when OverDrive mode is enable) => 5WS (6 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_5;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE2_LATENCY4_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 120 < HCLK <= 150 => 4WS (5 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE2_LATENCY3_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 90 < HCLK <= 120 => 3WS (4 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE2_LATENCY2_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 60 < HCLK <= 90 => 2WS (3 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE2_LATENCY1_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 30 < HCLK <= 60 => 1WS (2 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* else HCLK_Frequency < 24MHz default LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
else /* Scale 3 */
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE3_LATENCY4_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 120 < HCLK <= 144 => 4WS (5 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_4;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE3_LATENCY3_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 90 < HCLK <= 120 => 3WS (4 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_3;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else if(HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE3_LATENCY2_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 60 < HCLK <= 90 => 2WS (3 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_2;
|
||||
}
|
||||
else
|
||||
{
|
||||
if(HCLK_Frequency > UTILS_SCALE3_LATENCY1_FREQ)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* 30 < HCLK <= 60 => 1WS (2 CPU cycles) */
|
||||
latency = LL_FLASH_LATENCY_1;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* else HCLK_Frequency < 22MHz default LL_FLASH_LATENCY_0 0WS */
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
LL_FLASH_SetLatency(latency);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check that the new number of wait states is taken into account to access the Flash
|
||||
memory by reading the FLASH_ACR register */
|
||||
if(LL_FLASH_GetLatency() != latency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified
|
||||
* @param PLL_InputFrequency PLL input frequency (in Hz)
|
||||
* @param UTILS_PLLInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the PLL.
|
||||
* @retval PLL output frequency (in Hz)
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static uint32_t UTILS_GetPLLOutputFrequency(uint32_t PLL_InputFrequency, LL_UTILS_PLLInitTypeDef *UTILS_PLLInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
uint32_t pllfreq = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check the parameters */
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLM_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLM));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLN_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLN));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLP_VALUE(UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLP));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check different PLL parameters according to RM */
|
||||
/* - PLLM: ensure that the VCO input frequency ranges from 0.95 to 2.1 MHz. */
|
||||
pllfreq = PLL_InputFrequency / (UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLM & (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLM_Pos));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLVCO_INPUT(pllfreq));
|
||||
|
||||
/* - PLLN: ensure that the VCO output frequency is between 100 and 432 MHz.*/
|
||||
pllfreq = pllfreq * (UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLN & (RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLN_Pos));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLLVCO_OUTPUT(pllfreq));
|
||||
|
||||
/* - PLLP: ensure that max frequency at 216000000 Hz is reached */
|
||||
pllfreq = pllfreq / (((UTILS_PLLInitStruct->PLLP >> RCC_PLLCFGR_PLLP_Pos) + 1) * 2);
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_PLL_FREQUENCY(pllfreq));
|
||||
|
||||
return pllfreq;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Function to check that PLL can be modified
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: PLL modification can be done
|
||||
* - ERROR: PLL is busy
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static ErrorStatus UTILS_PLL_IsBusy(void)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if PLL is busy*/
|
||||
if(LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PLL configuration cannot be modified */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Check if PLLSAI is busy*/
|
||||
if(LL_RCC_PLLSAI_IsReady() != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PLLSAI1 configuration cannot be modified */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
/* Check if PLLI2S is busy*/
|
||||
if(LL_RCC_PLLI2S_IsReady() != 0U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* PLLI2S configuration cannot be modified */
|
||||
status = ERROR;
|
||||
}
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @brief Function to enable PLL and switch system clock to PLL
|
||||
* @param SYSCLK_Frequency SYSCLK frequency
|
||||
* @param UTILS_ClkInitStruct pointer to a @ref LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef structure that contains
|
||||
* the configuration information for the BUS prescalers.
|
||||
* @retval An ErrorStatus enumeration value:
|
||||
* - SUCCESS: No problem to switch system to PLL
|
||||
* - ERROR: Problem to switch system to PLL
|
||||
*/
|
||||
static ErrorStatus UTILS_EnablePLLAndSwitchSystem(uint32_t SYSCLK_Frequency, LL_UTILS_ClkInitTypeDef *UTILS_ClkInitStruct)
|
||||
{
|
||||
ErrorStatus status = SUCCESS;
|
||||
uint32_t hclk_frequency = 0U;
|
||||
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_SYSCLK_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB1_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider));
|
||||
assert_param(IS_LL_UTILS_APB2_DIV(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider));
|
||||
|
||||
/* Calculate HCLK frequency */
|
||||
hclk_frequency = __LL_RCC_CALC_HCLK_FREQ(SYSCLK_Frequency, UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
|
||||
|
||||
/* Increasing the number of wait states because of higher CPU frequency */
|
||||
if(SystemCoreClock < hclk_frequency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set FLASH latency to highest latency */
|
||||
status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(hclk_frequency);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update system clock configuration */
|
||||
if(status == SUCCESS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Enable PLL */
|
||||
LL_RCC_PLL_Enable();
|
||||
while (LL_RCC_PLL_IsReady() != 1U)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for PLL ready */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Sysclk activation on the main PLL */
|
||||
LL_RCC_SetAHBPrescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->AHBCLKDivider);
|
||||
LL_RCC_SetSysClkSource(LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_PLL);
|
||||
while (LL_RCC_GetSysClkSource() != LL_RCC_SYS_CLKSOURCE_STATUS_PLL)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Wait for system clock switch to PLL */
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Set APB1 & APB2 prescaler*/
|
||||
LL_RCC_SetAPB1Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB1CLKDivider);
|
||||
LL_RCC_SetAPB2Prescaler(UTILS_ClkInitStruct->APB2CLKDivider);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Decreasing the number of wait states because of lower CPU frequency */
|
||||
if(SystemCoreClock > hclk_frequency)
|
||||
{
|
||||
/* Set FLASH latency to lowest latency */
|
||||
status = UTILS_SetFlashLatency(hclk_frequency);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/* Update SystemCoreClock variable */
|
||||
if(status == SUCCESS)
|
||||
{
|
||||
LL_SetSystemCoreClock(hclk_frequency);
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
return status;
|
||||
}
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/**
|
||||
* @}
|
||||
*/
|
||||
|
||||
/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
|
||||
Reference in New Issue
Block a user